Entrepreneurial spirit.
Ownership mindset.
Sustainability focus.
2020 Annual Report
Corporate Headquarters
Ingersoll Rand Inc.
800-A Beaty Street
Davidson, NC 28036
www.irco.com
About Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Ingersoll Rand Inc. (NYSE:IR), driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and
ownership mindset, is dedicated to helping make life better for our
employees, customers and communities. Customers lean on us for
our technology-driven excellence in mission-critical flow creation and
industrial solutions across 40+ respected brands where our products
and services excel in the most complex and harsh conditions. Our
employees develop customers for life through their daily commitment
to expertise, productivity and efficiency. For more information, visit
www.IRCO.com.
Table of Contents
Our Purpose and Values
Letter to Stockholders
Ingersoll Rand at a Glance
Strategy in Action
Directors and Officers
1
2
4
5
8
Corporate Information
Inside Back Cover
Corporate Information
Annual Meeting
Ingersoll Rand’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders will
be held virtually on June 16, 2021 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern time.
Please go to investors.irco.com for more information.
Transfer Agent/Stockholder Services
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
(800) 937-5449 or (718) 921-8124
www.astfinancial.com
Listing of Common Stock
New York Stock Exchange; Symbol – IR
Form 10-K Report/Stockholder Information
A copy of the company’s 2020 Annual Report on Form
10-K (without exhibits) as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission is included in this report.
Stockholder information, including news releases,
presentations, webcasts and SEC filings, is available on the
company’s website: www.irco.com.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Trademarks appearing in this document are the property of
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Trademarks
their respective owners.
© 2021 Ingersoll Rand Inc.
All rights reserved.
Our Purpose and Values
We think and act like owners.
We are committed to making our customers successful.
We are bold in our aspirations while moving forward with humility and integrity.
We foster inspired teams.
$150 Million Investment in Employees, Brings Equity
Grant Total to $250 Million Since 2017
Demonstrates Company Purpose and Values
Employees are the single most important driver in building stronger companies. In September
2020, Ingersoll Rand empowered employees and invested in the company’s future with its
$150 million equity grant to nearly 16,000 employees worldwide. This is one of the largest
equity grants ever given to employees in an industrial company and follows the same approach
Gardner Denver took in 2017 with a $100 million equity grant given to all employees worldwide.
It’s a meaningful way to build an ownership culture where all employees can benefit from
creating value as they all contribute to our success. United by a common purpose and set of
values, we believe our 16,000 employees around the world are unstoppable.
1
Dear Stockholders,
A year ago, our newly combined company committed to a purpose – Lean On Us to Help You
Make Life Better – and a set of values that were quickly tested by the global pandemic. We
all adapted and learned new skills to ensure our essential workers’ safety to provide mission-
critical products and services to serve the frontline of the COVID-19 pandemic. We tapped into
our innovation and creativity to discover new ways to connect with each other, our customers
and our partners.
I am proud of our employees who, in these extraordinary conditions and aggressive market
conditions, embraced our value to think and act like owners. Delivering on our commitments
quickly became a cultural norm and a competitive advantage. With Ingersoll Rand Execution
Excellence (IRX) as the backbone of our efforts and our employees’ commitment to live IRX
daily, we delivered strong results and stand ready to grow in 2021 and beyond.
Delivered on Our Commitments
We accelerated our transformation during 2020, which enabled us to move more quickly than
anticipated to growth and portfolio optimization. We are ahead of plan on our integration and
synergies efforts as we enter year two. Having over-delivered on cost synergies last year, we
increased our annual integration cost synergy target $50 million to $300 million by the end of 2023.1
Despite headwinds due primarily to impacts of COVID-19, three of the company’s segments –
Industrial Technologies and Services, Precision and Science Technologies, and Specialty Vehicle
Technologies – all delivered triple digit adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. This was made
possible through the power of IRX as an execution engine to drive improvements in every area
of the business.
2020 Revenue2
By Segment
By Geography
Industrial Technologies & Services 66%
Precision & Science Technologies 15%
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
15%
4%
Americas 54%
EMEIA
AP
29%
17%
2 On February 29, 2020, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. closed on the acquisition
of Ingersoll-Rand plc’s Industrial segment (“the Transaction”) and assumed
the name Ingersoll Rand Inc. Figures are presented as Supplemental Financial
Information as if the Transaction was completed on January 1, 2020. For additional
information on the Supplemental Financial information and reconciliations to
the closest GAAP financial measures, refer to the last two pages of this document.
As we pivoted from integration to growth,
we invested in Internet of Things (IoT),
eCommerce and digitization, including a
five-year collaboration with Google Cloud
to advance connectivity across our portfolio.
On product and services, we brought
together similar products from different
businesses to address the needs in targeted,
niche markets, such as water, and brought
them to market as one Ingersoll Rand. We
accelerated new product launches into
sustainable industrial markets such as
hydrogen and life sciences. Overall, we are
strengthening our capabilities to help drive
long term success for our customers.
And, we never lost our focus on strengthening our balance sheet and supporting our portfolio
transformation and inorganic growth strategy through accretive M&A transactions. We
completed the purchase of Albin Pump into our Precision and Science Technologies segment
and, in the first quarter of 2021, the purchase of Tuthill Vacuum and Blower Systems into our
Industrial Technologies and Services Americas business. We completed the sale of a majority
1 We expect to incur approximately $450 million of expense in connection with both achieving these cost synergies and the associated stand-up of the
combined company.
2
Delivered Value to Shareholders
Shareholder Return3
$220
$210
$200
$190
$180
$170
$160
$150
$140
$130
$120
$110
$100
$90
$80
5/12/17
12/31/17
12/31/18
12/31/19
12/31/20
► GDI/IR ● S&P Industrials (Sector) ◼ S&P 500 ◆ Russell 2000
3 For every $100 invested as measured from date of IPO.
interest in our High Pressure Solutions segment and announced the sale of Club Car, our
Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment, in the first quarter of 2021. We are excited about
future opportunities to create long-term value for stockholders with the cash from these
transactions, including significant organic and inorganic investment into our core business
segments as we advance our growth strategies and expand our addressable market.
Energized Focus on Environmental, Social and Governance Efforts
Maximizing our IRX discipline to unlock our business potential also allows us to focus on our
commitment to environmental, social and governance principles. From producing energy-
efficient products and solutions that matter to customers and manufacturing facilities moving
to solar energy to awarding our $150 million equity grant and empowering each employee
to take ownership in our business, we established a strong foundation and set our sights on
growth. Our 2020 accomplishments, especially in the area of human capital management,
are a differentiator. Broad-based employee ownership takes performance to a new level with
employees as active participants in our journey to create long-term value. With thinking and
acting like an owner as one of our company values, it changes the mindset from “this is the
company I work for, to this is my company.”
We completed a materiality assessment to determine our most impactful environmental, social
and governance topics to be labor and employee matters, product stewardship and energy use.
The assessment led us to develop our 2030 and 2050 environmental goals and 2025 diversity,
equity and inclusion goals. We will implement change through IRX to deliver on these goals.
Looking Ahead to 2021 and Beyond
In the pages of this report, you’ll witness the pride of our progress and our excitement for the
future—thank you for your interest in our journey. We take our role as a sustainability-minded,
employee-owned industry leader seriously. We continue to strengthen our differentiated culture
and business performance for the benefit of our customers, employees and shareholders alike.
Sincerely,
Vicente Reynal
President and Chief Executive Officer
3
Ingersoll Rand at a Glance
Industrial Technologies & Services Segment: broad range of air and gas compression, vacuum and
blower products, fluid transfer equipment, loading systems, and power tools and lifting equipment.
Sales By Geography
Composition
2020 Supplemental Adjusted Financial Highlights ($M)4
► Americas 44%
34%
► EMEIA
21%
► AP
► Equipment 59%
► Aftermarket 41%
Revenue
$3,540
Adjusted EBITDA
$800
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
22.6%
Precision & Science Technologies Segment: highly specialized positive displacement pumps,
fluid management equipment, liquid and precision syringe pumps and compressors.
Sales By Geography
Composition
2020 Supplemental Adjusted Financial Highlights ($M)4
► Americas 47%
36%
► EMEIA
17%
► AP
► Equipment 84%
► Aftermarket 16%
Revenue
$804
Adjusted EBITDA
$241
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
29.9%
Specialty Vehicle Technologies Segment: Club Car® golf, utility and consumer low-speed vehicles.
Sales By Geography
Composition
2020 Supplemental Adjusted Financial Highlights ($M)4
► Americas 92%
► EMEIA
► AP
5%
3%
► Equipment 74%
► Aftermarket 26%
Revenue
$840
Adjusted EBITDA
$143
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
17.0%
High Pressure Solutions Segment: diverse range of positive displacement pumps, integrated
systems, consumables and associated aftermarket parts and services largely for use in the
upstream oil and gas market.
Sales By Geography
Composition
2020 Supplemental Adjusted Financial Highlights ($M)4
► Americas 95%
► EMEIA
► AP
5%
0%
► Equipment
13%
► Aftermarket 87%
Revenue
$196
Adjusted EBITDA
$12
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
6.3%
4 On February 29, 2020, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. closed on the acquisition of Ingersoll-Rand plc’s Industrial segment (“the Transaction”) and assumed the
name Ingersoll Rand Inc. Figures are presented as Supplemental Financial Information as if the Transaction was completed on January 1, 2020. For additional
information on the Supplemental Financial information and reconciliations to the closest GAAP financial measures, refer to the last two pages of this document.
4
Strategy in Action
Throughout 2020, we achieved substantial traction across all five of our strategic imperatives.
DEPLOY
TALENT
ACCELERATE
GROWTH
EXPAND
MARGINS
ALLOCATE
CAPITAL
EFFECTIVELY
OPERATE
SUSTAINABLY
Deploy Talent
Our value of fostering inspired teams is driving a culture that cultivates a sense of belonging,
empowerment and respect for employees across the globe. We’re bringing the same
intentionality and thoughtfulness to our culture that we bring to every other important part
of our business, to ensure everyone can bring their most talented selves to work. Ingersoll
Rand set 2025 Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DE&I) goals to accelerate representation, career
advancements and employee sense of belonging. A participant in the CEO Action for Diversity
& Inclusion pledge since 2019, we are proud that Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Director members
are 50% diverse in gender or ethnicity, and the executive management team is more than 40%
ethnically diverse, including individuals of Indian, Hispanic and Middle Eastern descent. In 2020,
the company introduced its powerful initiative called “Lean into Change” where employees
from across the company participated in culturally sensitive conversations with trust and
transparency. Profiles in Diversity Journal recognized this Ingersoll Rand initiative with a Top 10
Innovations in Diversity Award.
5
6
Accelerate GrowthAs we pivoted from building a foundation to focusing on growth in 2020, we accelerated investments in Internet of Things (IoT), eCommerce and digitization. We brought together complementary products across businesses for strategic, niche markets, leveraged demand generation capabilities to increase leads and announced a five-year collaboration with Google Cloud to advance connectivity across our portfolio. Along with recent new products and wins in strategic end markets like hydrogen, life sciences and oil free compressor products, our work with Google represents one way we are positioning ourselves for accelerated growth in 2021 and beyond. With real-time data and machine learning for smarter and more innovative products, we are strengthening our capabilities to help our customers be successful for the long term. For example, in our Industrial Technologies and Services businesses we are expanding compressor data digitization that will help increase the customer’s ability to improve energy efficiency to support them on achieving their own greenhouse gas emissions reductions. Expand Margins We continue to see strong momentum on our cost synergy delivery efforts. Our cost synergy funnel stands in excess of $350 million and using the power of Ingersoll Rand Execution Excellence (IRX), we increased our overall annual cost synergy target by $50 million to realize $300 million by the end of 2023.5 Putting the full set of IRX processes – self-directed work teams, effectively planning, implementing, measuring and countermeasuring, while using IMPACT Daily Management (IDM) sprints to execute – to work for us, we made swift progress on Ingersoll Rand’s transformation journey over the last year. We will continue to use IRX to execute by delivering on cost synergies, driving innovation across our businesses, accelerating growth and improving the customer experience. 5 We expect to incur approximately $450 million of expense in connection with both achieving these cost synergies and the associated stand-up of the combined company. Allocate Capital Effectively
We have accelerated and achieved many of the goals we have previously communicated,
including meaningful steps forward in our transformation. We have enhanced our portfolio
through acquisitions like leading peristaltic pump manufacturer Albin Pump to expand
our offering of fluid management technologies and drive more sustainability into pump
applications, and Tuthill Vacuum and Blower Systems with branded products M-D Pneumatics
and Kinney Vacuum Pumps to extend our portfolio of vacuum and blower products and
services. As part of our portfolio transformation, we closed on the sale of a majority interest
in our High Pressure Solutions Segment, and announced the sale of Club Car, our Specialty
Vehicle Technologies Segment. These transactions
enable the company to invest in organic and
inorganic opportunities in our core business
segments as we advance our growth strategies.
Operate Sustainably
We are placing some ambitious milestones for our Environmental, Social and Governance efforts,
including a commitment to achieve Net Zero Greenhouse Gas emissions and 100% renewable
energy by 2050. In addition, we have committed to targets designed to reduce the impact
of our operations and products on the environment, and support customers and partners in
doing the same. Achievement of these aggressive goals will reduce greenhouse gas emissions
and save energy, create safer water for our communities and result in reduced waste to landfill.
We want to be an active participant on this important cause for the long-term sustainability of
our planet. A key advantage for us is using IRX to deliver the performance needed to achieve
our environmental goals. We will provide an ongoing cadence of transparency and disclosure
through our second annual Sustainability Report being published at the end of May.
7
Directors and Officers
Board of Directors
Company Leadership
Peter M. Stavros (3)
Chairman of the Board
Partner, Co-Head of Americas Private Equity; Co-Chair,
Inclusion and Diversity Council; Head of Industrials
KKR & Co. L.P.
Kirk E. Arnold (2)
Former Chief Executive Officer, Data Intensity
Vicente Reynal
President and Chief Executive Officer
Sia Abbaszadeh
Senior Vice President of Strategy and Technology
Gary Gillespie
Vice President and General Manager,
Industrial Technologies and Services, Americas
Elizabeth Centoni (3)
Chief Strategy Officer and General Manager, Applications,
Cicso Systems, Inc.
Nick Kendall-Jones
Vice President and General Manager,
Precision and Science Technologies
William P. Donnelly (1*, 2)
Retired Executive Vice President
Mettler-Toledo International, Inc.
Gary D. Forsee (1)
Retired Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,
Sprint Nextel Corporation and Former President of the
University of Missouri System
John Humphrey (1, 3*)
Retired Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Roper Technologies, Inc.
Marc E. Jones (2)
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Aeris Communications
Vicente Reynal
Chief Executive Officer, Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Joshua T. Weisenbeck (2*)
Partner, Industrials Private Equity Team, KKR & Co. L.P.
Tony L. White (3)
Retired Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Applied Biosystems Inc.
Committees of the Board: (1) Audit, (2) Compensation
(3) Nominating and Corporate Governance, * Denotes Chairman
Vikram Kini
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Anish Lalla
Vice President and General Manager,
Power Tools and Lifting
Arnold Li
Vice President and General Manager,
Industrial Technologies and Services, Asia Pacific;
and Global Air and Gas Solutions
Enrique Minarro Viseras
Vice President and General Manager,
Industrial Technologies and Services, EMEIA;
and Global Pressure and Vacuum Solutions Group
Craig Mundy
Senior Vice President, Human Resources,
Talent and Diversity and Inclusion
Chris Neubauer
Vice President,
Global Sourcing and Logistics
Andrew Schiesl
Senior Vice President, General Counsel,
Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary
Cesare Trabattoni
Vice President, Demand Generation,
Pricing and Commercial Excellence
Mark Wagner
Vice President and General Manager,
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
Michael A. Weatherred
Senior Vice President,
Ingersoll Rand Execution Excellence
and Business Development
8
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_______________________________________________________________________
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
to_________
Commission File Number: 001-38095
_______________________________________________________________________
Ingersoll Rand Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
_______________________________________________________________________
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
46-2393770
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
800-A Beaty Street
Davidson, North Carolina 28036
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (704) 655-4000
_______________________________________________________________________
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value per share
Trading Symbol(s)
IR
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of
its internal control over financial reporting under Section 401(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2020 was
approximately $10.5 billion based on the closing price of such common equity on the New York Stock Exchange on such date.
The registrant had outstanding 418,764,695 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, as of February 19, 2021.
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this
report.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Consolidated Statements of Operations - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES
SCHEDULE I
Page No.
3
12
24
25
25
26
27
27
29
49
52
52
53
54
55
56
57
117
117
118
118
118
118
119
119
119
123
2
PART I
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K”) may contain “forward-looking
statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created
by those sections. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this Form 10-K, including statements
concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, results of operations,
financial position, business outlook, business trends and other information, may be forward-looking statements. Words such as
“estimates,” “expects,” “contemplates,” “will,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” “may,”
“should,” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-
looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections, and
various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs,
estimates and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be
no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates, and projections will result or be achieved and actual results
may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements.
There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause
our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Such risks,
uncertainties and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth under “Risk
Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this
Form 10-K. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to
time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for more
information.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Ingersoll Rand Inc. is a diversified, global provider of mission-critical flow creation products and industrial solutions. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ingersoll Rand Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries
(collectively referred to herein as “Ingersoll Rand,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or “ourselves”).
Merger of Gardner Denver and Ingersoll Rand Industrial
On February 29, 2020, Ingersoll Rand Inc. (formerly known as Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.) completed the acquisition of
and merger with the Industrial business of Ingersoll-Rand plc (“Ingersoll Rand Industrial”) and changed its name from Gardner
Denver Holdings, Inc. to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
See Note 3 “Business Combinations” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to the
Ingersoll Rand Industrial transaction.
Our Company
We are a global market leader with a broad range of innovative and mission-critical air, fluid, energy, specialty vehicle and
medical technologies, providing services and solutions to increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We manufacture one
of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets, which, when
combined with our global geographic footprint and application expertise, allows us to provide differentiated product and service
offerings to our customers. Our products are sold under more than 40 market-leading brands, including Ingersoll Rand and
Gardner Denver, which we believe are globally recognized in their respective end-markets and known for product quality,
reliability, efficiency and superior customer service. We are driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and ownership mindset,
dedicated to helping make life better for our employees, customers and communities.
These attributes, along with over 160 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster
long-standing customer relationships, resulting in leading market positions within each of our operating segments. We have
sales in more than 175 countries and our diverse customer base utilizes our products across a wide array of end-markets,
including industrial manufacturing, energy (with particular exposure to the North American upstream land-based market),
transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing.
3
Our products and services are critical to the processes and systems in which they are utilized, which are often complex and
function in harsh conditions where the cost of failure or downtime is high. However, our products typically represent only a
small portion of the costs of the overall systems or functions that they support. As a result, our customers place a high value on
our application expertise, product reliability and the responsiveness of our service. To support our customers and market
presence, we maintain significant global scale with 65 key manufacturing facilities, approximately 50 complementary service
and repair centers across six continents and approximately 15,900 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2020.
The process-critical nature of our product applications, coupled with the standard wear and tear replacement cycles associated
with the usage of our products, generates opportunities to support customers with our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts,
consumables and services. Customers place a high value on minimizing any time their operations are offline. As a result, the
availability of replacement parts, consumables and our repair and support services are key components of our value proposition.
Our large installed base of products provides a recurring revenue stream through our aftermarket parts, consumables and
services offerings. As a result, our aftermarket revenue is significant, representing 36.1% of total Company revenue and
approximately 42.8% of our combined Industrial Technologies and Services and High Pressure Solutions segments’ revenue in
2020.
Our Segments
In conjunction with the acquisition of and merger with Ingersoll Rand Industrial in the first quarter of 2020, we reorganized into
the following four segments.
Industrial Technologies and Services
We design, manufacture, market and service a broad range of air and gas compression, vacuum and blower products, fluid
transfer equipment, loading systems, power tools and lifting equipment, including associated aftermarket parts, consumables
and services. We primarily sell under the Ingersoll Rand, Gardner Denver, CompAir, Elmo Rietschle, Robuschi, Nash and
Emco Wheaton brands. Our customers deploy our products across a wide array of technologies and applications for use in
diverse end-markets. Compressors are used to increase the pressure of air or gas, vacuum products are used to remove air or gas
in order to reduce the pressure below atmospheric levels, and blower products are used to produce a high volume of air or gas at
low pressure. Almost every manufacturing and industrial facility, and many service and process industry applications, use air
compression, vacuum and blower products in a variety of process-critical applications such as the operation of pneumatic tools,
pumps and motion control components, air and gas separation, vacuum packaging of food products and aeration of waste water,
among others. Our liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are used in many power generation, mining, oil and gas refining
and processing, chemical processing and general industrial applications including flare gas and vapor recovery, geothermal gas
removal, vacuum de-aeration, water extraction in mining and paper and chlorine compression in petrochemical operations. Our
engineered loading systems and fluid transfer equipment ensure the safe handling and transfer of crude oil, liquefied natural
gas, compressed natural gas, chemicals, and bulk materials. Our power tools and lifting equipment portfolio includes electric
and cordless fastening systems, pneumatic bolting tools, drilling and material removal tools, hoists, winches and ergonomic
handling devices. Typical applications for these products include the precision fastening of bolted joints in the production,
assembly and servicing of industrial machinery, on-highway and off-highway vehicles, aircraft, electronics and other
equipment.
Our compression products cover the full range of technologies, including rotary screw, reciprocating piston, scroll, rotary vane
and centrifugal compressors. Our vacuum products and blowers also cover the full technology spectrum; vacuum technologies
include side channel, liquid ring, claw vacuum, screw, turbo and rotary vane vacuum pumps among others, while blower
technologies include rotary lobe blowers, screw, claw and vane, side channel and radial blowers. Our liquid ring vacuum pumps
and compressors are highly-engineered products specifically designed for continuous duty in harsh environments to serve a
wide range of applications, including oil and gas refining and processing, mining, chemical processing and industrial
applications. In addition to our vacuum and blower technology, our engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and
systems ensure the safe and efficient transportation and transfer of petroleum products as well as certain other liquid commodity
products in a wide range of industries.
We complement these products with a broad portfolio of service options tailored to customer needs and a complete range of
aftermarket parts, air treatment equipment, controls and other accessories delivered through our global network of
manufacturing and service locations and distributor partners. The breadth and depth of our product offering creates incremental
business opportunities by allowing us to cross-sell our full product portfolio and uniquely address customers’ needs in one
complete solution.
4
We sell our products through an integrated network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors, which is
strategically tailored to meet the dynamics of each target geography or end-market. Our large installed base also provides for a
significant stream of recurring aftermarket revenue. For example, the useful life of a compressor is, on average, between 10 and
12 years. However, a customer typically services the compressor at regular intervals, starting within the first two years of
purchase and continuing throughout the life of the product. The cumulative aftermarket revenue generated by a compressor over
the product’s life cycle will typically exceed its original sale price.
Precision and Science Technologies
We design, manufacture and market a broad range of specialized positive displacement pumps, fluid management equipment,
liquid and precision syringe pumps and compressors, and aftermarket parts for medical, laboratory, industrial manufacturing,
water and wastewater, chemical processing, energy, food and beverage, agriculture and other markets. The Company’s products
are used for a diverse set of applications including precision dosing of chemicals and supplements, blood dialysis, oxygen
therapy, food processing, fluid transfer and dispensing, spray finishing and coating, mixing, high-pressure air and gas
management and others. The Company sells primarily through a broad global network of specialized and national distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) who integrate the Company’s products into their devices and systems.
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
We design, manufacture and market golf, utility and consumer low-speed vehicles for commercial utility and personal
transportation under the Club Car ® brand. Product offerings include new and used electric, gas and diesel-powered vehicles,
accessories and aftermarket parts. Service offerings include repair and maintenance, short-term rentals and digital connectivity
services that enable fleet management, entertainment and provide enhanced end-user experience.
Sales of golf car fleets and turf utility vehicles are primarily derived from golf courses owners and operators around the world.
Utility, all-wheel drive, and multi passenger transport vehicles are used in commercial and maintenance applications at resorts
and hospitality sites, government agencies and municipalities, manufacturing and construction firms, sports and other areas,
colleges and universities and other commercial establishments. Our consumer vehicles are generally sold to individuals and
families for personal transportation in residential communities, camp grounds and vacation locations. All of our low speed
vehicles are highly featured, and highly customized for their application and are available in multiple colors, fabrics, power
trains and accessories. The majority of sales are derived through a global network of independent distributors and dealers. We
also sell our products directly to certain customers within the golf industry, through company-owned sales resources.
The Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment is entirely composed of businesses acquired as part of the Ingersoll Rand
Industrial transaction. It had no operations prior to February 29, 2020 and is not included in our results of operations for prior
periods.
High Pressure Solutions
We design, manufacture, market and service a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, integrated systems and associated
aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The highly-engineered products offered by our High Pressure Solutions segment
serve customers in the upstream energy market, as well as petrochemical processing, transportation and general industrial
sectors. We are one of the largest suppliers of equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for the
upstream energy applications that we serve.
Our positive displacement pumps are fit-for-purpose to meet the demands and challenges of modern unconventional drilling
and hydraulic fracturing activity. Our offering includes mission-critical oil and gas drilling pumps, frac pumps and well
servicing pumps, in addition to sales of associated consumables used in the operation of our pumps. The products we sell into
upstream energy applications are highly aftermarket-intensive, and we support these products in the field with one of the
industry’s most comprehensive service networks, which encompasses locations across all major basins and shale plays in the
North American land market. This service network is critical to serving our customers and, by supporting them in the field, to
generating demand for new original equipment sales and aftermarket parts, consumables, service and repair sales which in
aggregate are often multiples of the value of the original equipment.
Our customers provide drilling, completions and well services to oil and gas operators, particularly in the major basins and
shale plays in the North American land market. We are one of the leading suppliers in these upstream energy applications and
have long-standing customer relationships.
5
Recent Developments
On February 14, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its High Pressure Solutions (“HPS”) business to private
equity firm American Industrial Partners (“AIP”). Under the agreement, the Company will receive cash consideration of
$300 million at close for its majority interest and retain a 45% ownership interest in the HPS business. This transaction is
expected to close in the first half of 2021, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions.
See Note 25 “Subsequent Events” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to this
transaction.
Our Industries and Products
Industrial Technologies and Services
Our Industrial Technologies and Services segment designs, manufactures, markets and services a broad range of air
compression, vacuum and blower products across a wide array of technologies. Compression, vacuum and blower products are
used in a wide spectrum of applications in nearly all manufacturing and industrial facilities and many service and process
industries in a variety of end-markets, including infrastructure, construction, transportation, food and beverage packaging and
chemical processing.
Compression Products
Sales to industrial end-markets include industrial air compression products, as well as associated aftermarket parts, consumables
and services. Industrial air compressors compress air to create pressure to power machinery, industrial tools, material handling
systems and automated equipment. Compressed air is also used in applications as diversified as snow making and fish farming,
on high-speed trains and in hospitals. Compressors can be either stationary or portable, depending on the requirements of the
application or customer.
We focus on five basic types of air compression technologies: rotary screw, reciprocating piston, scroll, rotary vane and
centrifugal compressors. Rotary screw compressors are a newer technology than reciprocating compressors and exhibit better
suitability for continuous processes due to a more compact size, less maintenance and better noise profile. We believe our
reciprocating piston compressors provide one of the broadest ranges of pressures in the market and are supported by increasing
demand across wide-ranging attractive end-markets. Scroll compressors are most commonly seen where less oil-free air is
needed, and is most commonly used in medical and food applications where the need for pure, clean and precise air is of great
importance. Rotary vane compressors feature high efficiency, compact compression technology and can be found throughout all
sectors of industry, including automotive, food and beverage, energy and manufacturing with specialized solutions within
transit, gas and snow making. Centrifugal compressors are most effective when in applications that demand larger quantities of
oil-free air and are utilized across a wide range of industries.
Vacuum Products
Industrial vacuum products are integral to manufacturing processes in applications for packaging, pneumatic conveying, drying,
holding / lifting, distillation, evacuation, forming / pressing, removal and coating. Within each of these processes are a
multitude of sub-applications. As an example of one such end-process, within packaging, a vacuum will be used on blister
packaging, foil handling, labeling, carton erection, stacking and palletizing (placing, stacking or transporting goods on pallets),
as well as central vacuum supply for entire packaging departments.
We focus on five basic types of vacuum technologies: side channel, liquid ring, claw vacuum, screw and rotary vane vacuum
pumps. Side channel vacuum pumps are used for conveying gases and gas-air mixtures in a variety of applications, including
laser printers, packaging, soil treatment, textiles and food and beverage products. Liquid ring vacuum pumps are used for
extreme conditions, which prevail in humid and wet processes across ceramics, environmental, medical and plastics
applications. Claw vacuum pumps efficiently and economically generate contact-free vacuum for chemical, environmental and
packaging applications. Screw vacuum pumps are a dry running technology used to reduce the carbon footprint and life cycle
costs in drying and packaging applications. Rotary vane vacuum pumps are used for vacuum and combined pressure and
vacuum applications in the environmental, woodworking, packaging and food and beverage end-markets.
6
Blower Products
Blower products are used for conveying high volumes of air and gas at various flow rates and at low pressures, and are utilized
in a broad range of industrial and environmental applications, including waste water aeration, biogas upgrading and conveying,
pneumatic transport and dehydrating applications for food and beverage, cement, pharmaceutical, petrochemical and mobile
industrial applications. In many cases, blowers are a core component for the operation of the entire end-users’ systems.
Management believes that we hold a leading position in our addressable portion of the global blower products market.
We focus on several key technologies within blower products: rotary lobe, screw, claw and vane, turbo, side channel and radial
blowers. Rotary lobe blowers, screw blowers and claw and vane blowers are positive displacement technologies that have the
ability to consistently move the same volume of gas or air and vary the volume flow according to the speed of the machine
itself enabling it to adapt the flow condition in a flexible manner despite pressure in the system. Turbo blowers and side channel
and radial blowers are dynamic technologies that have the ability to accelerate gas or air through an impeller and transform their
kinetic energy at the discharge with some limitation on flexibility.
Fluid Transfer Equipment Products
Fluid transfer equipment products includes fluid loading systems, tank truck and fleet fueling products and couplers. Fluid
loading systems are used in the transfer and loading of hydrocarbons and certain other liquid commodity products in marine and
land applications. Tank truck and fleet fueling products allow for safe transfer of liquid products without spillage or
contamination while safeguarding the operator and the environment. Operators use Dry-Break® technology couplers and
adapters to provide a secure connection for the transfer of liquid products without spillage or contamination while safeguarding
the operator and the environment.
Liquid Ring Vacuum Pumps and Compressors
Liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are designed for continuous duty in harsh environments, including vapor and flare
gas recovery equipment (which recovers and compresses certain polluting gases to transmit them for further processing),
primarily in downstream applications. The liquid ring technology utilizes a service liquid, typically water, oil or fuel, to
evacuate or compress gas by forming a rotating ring of liquid that follows the contour of the body of the pump or compressor
and acts like a piston to deliver an uninterrupted flow of gas without pulsation.
Precision and Science Technologies
The Precision and Science Technologies segment designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of flow control products for
the water and wastewater, food & beverage, chemical processing, precision irrigation, energy, medical equipment, laboratory
vacuum and automated liquid handling end-markets. Key technologies include positive displacement pumps, gas, liquid and
precision syringe pumps, automated liquid handling systems and hydrogen refueling stations.
Our gas pumps are used for a wide range of applications, such as aspirators, blood analyzers, blood pressure monitors,
compression therapy, dental carts, dialysis machines, gas monitors and ventilators. Gas pumps transfer and compress gases and
generate vacuum to enable precise flow conditions. Our liquid pump products are primarily used to meter and transfer both
neutral and chemically aggressive fluids and our automated liquid handling products, which includes syringe pumps, systems
and accessories that are integrated into large-scale, automated liquid handling systems, are primarily used for clinical,
pharmaceutical and environmental analyses.
Our products are also used for water treatment in municipal, industrial and commercial applications; for pressuring and
dispensing in the H2 mobility segment of the hydrogen economy; and for precision irrigation.
Customers in the durable medical pump end-market and the automated liquid handling end-market develop and manufacture
equipment used in a highly regulated environment requiring highly specialized technologies. As a result, relationships with
customers are built based on a supplier’s long-term reputation, expertise and deep involvement throughout a product’s
evolution, from concept to long-term commercialization. Customers value suppliers who can provide global research and
development, regulatory and manufacturing support, as well as a sales footprint and expertise to foster close relationships with
key decision-makers at their company. Combined with the long product life cycle in the regulated medical device space, these
factors create a strong, recurring base of business. As a leading pump manufacturer in these markets, we have established a
history of innovation that enables us to work closely with our customers to create highly customized flow control solutions for
their unique applications. These products are mission-critical in the ultimate device in which they are deployed and remain a
7
key component over the entire lifecycle of the end products. The regulated market structure and nature of long-tenured
customer relationships enable pump manufacturers to have a highly visible, recurring revenue stream from key customers.
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
The Company designs, manufactures and markets Club Car ® golf, utility and consumer low-speed vehicles. The Company has
a long-standing track record as a leading premium manufacturer with strong brand recognition. Its customers include golf
course operators, resorts and hospitality sites, government agencies and municipalities, manufacturing and construction firms,
sports and other arenas, colleges and universities and other commercial establishments, as well as individual consumers. The
Company sells its products primarily through independent distributors in over eighty countries worldwide and also sells its
products directly to consumers.
High Pressure Solutions
Through the manufacture and aftermarket service of pumps and associated aftermarket parts and consumables used in drilling,
hydraulic fracturing and well servicing applications, our High Pressure Solutions segment is well-positioned to capitalize on an
upstream recovery, particularly in the North American land-based market, where our customers include market-leading
hydraulic fracturing (also known as pressure pumping) and contract drilling service companies, as well as certain other types of
well service companies. Sales to upstream energy end-markets consist of positive displacement pumps and associated
aftermarket parts, most notably fluid ends, as well as consumables and services.
•
•
Positive displacement pumps in the upstream energy end-market primarily move fluid to assist in drilling, hydraulic
fracturing and well servicing applications. The majority of positive displacement pumps we sell are frac pumps, which
experience significant service intensity during use in the field and, as such, typically have useful life spans of
approximately four to six years before needing to be replaced. During that useful life, such pumps will need to receive
intermittent repairs as well as major overhauls. In addition, we also sell positive displacement pumps that are used in
drilling and well servicing applications.
Fluid ends are a key component of positive displacement pumps that generate the pumping action, along with other
parts, such as plungers, and consumables, such as valves, seats and packing, which pressurizes the fluid, in the case of
drilling or well servicing applications, or fluid and proppant mixture, in the case of hydraulic fracturing, and propels
such fluid or mixture out of the pump and into a series of flow lines that distribute the fluid or mixture into the well.
Fluid ends are incorporated in original equipment pumps, and due to the highly corrosive nature of the fluids and the
abrasive nature of the proppants used in hydraulic fracturing operations, need to be frequently replaced.
The level of profitability at which new wells can be drilled is a primary driver of drilling and completions activities, including
hydraulic fracturing. Thus, demand for our High Pressure Solutions products is driven by the prices of crude oil and natural gas,
and the intensity and activity levels of drilling and hydraulic fracturing.
Competition
Industrial Technologies and Services
The industrial end-markets we serve are competitive, with an increasing focus on product quality, performance, energy
efficiency, customer service and local presence. Although there are several large manufacturers of compression, vacuum and
blower products, the marketplace for these products remains highly fragmented due to the wide variety of product technologies,
applications and selling channels. Our principal competitors in sales of compression, vacuum and blower products include Atlas
Copco AB, Colfax Corp., Flowserve Corporation, IDEX Corporation and Kaeser Compressors, Inc. Our principal competitors
in sales of fluid transfer equipment include Dover Corporation, SVT GmbH and TechnipFMC plc. Our principal competitors in
the sale of liquid ring pumps and compressors are Flowserve Corporation and Busch-Holding GmbH.
Precision and Science Technologies
Competition in the market served by our Precision and Science Technologies segment is primarily based on product quality and
performance, as most products must be qualified by the customer for a particular use. Further, there is an increasing demand for
more efficient healthcare solutions, which is driving the adoption of premium and high performance systems. Our primary
competitors include IDEX Corporation, Dover Corporation, Graco, SPX Flow, Watson-Marlow, Inc., KNF Neuberger, Inc. and
Thermo Fisher Scientific, as well as other regional and local manufacturers.
8
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
Competition in the markets served by our Specialty Vehicles Technologies segment is primarily based on product quality,
performance and reliability, and strength of distribution network. Principal competitors in the golf and utility markets include
E-Z-Go and Yamaha Golf Car Company. Competitors in utility markets also include Toro, John Deere and Polaris. Competition
in the market for neighborhood electric vehicles (“NEVs”) and other small electric vehicles used for recreational and
commercial purposes is more disaggregated and evolving regularly due to changes in technology and consumer preferences.
High Pressure Solutions
The competitive landscape is specific to the end-markets served. Our principal competitor for drilling pumps is National
Oilwell Varco Inc., and for frac pumps is The Weir Group. Additionally, we compete with certain smaller, regional
manufacturers of pumps and aftermarket parts, although these are not direct competitors for most of our products.
Customers and Customer Service
We consider superior customer service to be one of our primary pillars of future success and view it as being built upon a
foundation of critical application expertise, an industry leading range of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products, a
global manufacturing and sales presence and a long-standing reputation for quality and reliability. Intense customer focus is at
the center of our vision of becoming the industry’s first choice for innovative and application-critical flow control and
compression equipment, services and solutions. We strive to collaborate with our customers and become an essential part of
their engineering process by drawing on our deep industry and application engineering experience to develop best-in-class
products that are critical to the processes and systems in which they operate.
We have established strong and long-standing customer relationships with numerous industry leaders. We sell our products
directly to end-use customers and to certain OEMs, and indirectly through independent distributors and sales representatives.
We use a direct sales force to serve end-use customers and OEMs because these customers typically require higher levels of
technical assistance, more coordinated shipment scheduling and more complex product service than customers that purchase
through distributors. We have distribution centers and warehouses that stock parts, accessories and certain products to provide
adequate and timely availability.
In addition to our direct sales force, we are also committed to developing and supporting our global network of over 1,000
distributors and representatives who provide a competitive advantage in the markets and industries we serve. These distributors
maintain an inventory of complete units and parts and provide aftermarket services to end-users. While most distributors
provide a broad range of products from different suppliers, we view our distributors as exclusive at the product category level
(e.g. compressor, vacuum and blower). For example, a distributor may exclusively carry our compressor technologies, and also
source additional components of the broader industrial system in which those products operate from other suppliers. Our service
personnel and product engineers provide the distributors’ service representatives with technical assistance and field training,
particularly with respect to installation and repair of equipment. We also provide our distributors with sales and product
literature, advertising and sales promotions, order-entry and tracking systems and an annual restocking program. Furthermore,
we participate in major trade shows and directly market our offerings to generate sales leads and support the distributors’ sales
personnel.
Our customer base is diverse, and we did not have any customers that individually provided more than 1% of 2020 consolidated
revenues.
Patents, Tradenames, and Other Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets and contractual
provisions to protect our intellectual property. While in the aggregate our more than 2,400 patents and our tradenames are of
considerable importance to the manufacture and marketing of many of our products, we believe that the success of our business
depends more on the technical competence, creativity and marketing abilities of our employees than on any individual patent or
tradename, and therefore we do not consider any single patent or tradename, group of patents or tradenames, copyright or trade
secret to be material to our business as a whole, except for the Ingersoll Rand and Gardner Denver tradenames. We have
registered our tradenames in the countries we deem necessary or in our best interest. We also rely upon trade secret protection
for our confidential and proprietary information and techniques, and we routinely enter into confidentiality agreements with our
employees as well as our suppliers and other third parties receiving such information.
9
Pursuant to tradename license agreements, Cooper Industries has exclusive rights to use the Gardner Denver tradename for
certain power tools and their components, meaning that we are prevented from using our mark in connection with those
products.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
We purchase a wide variety of raw materials to manufacture our products. Our most significant commodity exposures are to
cast iron, aluminum and steel. Additionally, we purchase a large number of motors and, therefore, are also exposed to changes
in the price of copper, which is a primary component of motors. Most of our raw materials are generally available from a
number of suppliers. We have a limited number of long-term contracts with some suppliers of key components, but we believe
that our sources of raw materials and components are reliable and adequate for our needs. We use single sources of supply for
certain castings, motors and other select engineered components. A disruption in deliveries from a given supplier could
therefore have an adverse effect on our ability to meet commitments to our customers. Nevertheless, we believe that we have
appropriately balanced this risk against the cost of maintaining a greater number of suppliers. Moreover, we have sought, and
will continue to seek, cost reductions in purchases of materials and supplies by consolidating purchases and pursuing alternate
sources of supply.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 15,900 employees of which approximately 5,900 are located in the United
States. Of those employees located outside of the United States, a significant portion are represented by works councils and
labor unions; of those employees located in the United States, approximately 200 are represented by labor unions. We believe
that our current relations with employees are satisfactory.
We evaluate several metrics to ensure the ongoing effectiveness of our human capital management practices, including
voluntary turnover and engagement. In 2020, our voluntary turnover for hourly employees was 7.8% and 6.7% for our salaried
employees.
We are now introducing a new performance management and development process, which places a heavy emphasis on manager
engagement and employee ownership. We highlight employee development and engagement as a standard part of our employee
experience.
Health & Safety
Our Environmental, Health, and Safety culture is focused on ensuring the health of our employees by eliminating risks of
serious injuries, illness and fatalities through the application of rigorous standards, controls, inspections and audits to help
ensure that our operations and premises comply with national and local regulations.
In response to COVID-19 we implemented various measures to protect the health and safety of our employees and customers
including work-from-home requirements (where practical), social distancing, contact tracing, enhanced hygiene education and
deep-cleaning protocols at all of our facilities as well as travel restrictions, among other measures, complying with applicable
governmental regulations and guidance.
Competitive Pay, Benefits and Equity
We think and act like owners. We are driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and an ownership mindset, inspiring us to care deeply
about our neighbors and shared planet. In support of this, on September 21, 2020, Ingersoll Rand announced an approximately
$150 million equity grant to nearly 16,000 employees worldwide.
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion
As a newly merged company, Ingersoll Rand re-established its commitment to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (“DE&I”) in
2020. We focused our efforts in a number of areas, beginning with our vision:
Ingersoll Rand’s Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Commitment for our Employees, Partners and Communities:
• We will be a DE&I leader within our industry that mirrors the communities and customers we serve. We will leverage
diversity, equity and inclusion to exceed our business goals, attract and retain the best talent, and address today’s
global challenges.
10
•
Connecting to our value of fostering inspired teams, we cultivate diversity, promote equity and pursue a more inclusive
culture that strengthens the sense of belonging for all. We expect individuals to uphold these aspirations with humility,
integrity and respect.
This year, we engaged Management Leadership for Tomorrow (“MLT”) to help solidify our strategy and identify clear
initiatives to increase representation of underrepresented populations, create greater growth and advancement for all, and
accelerate a culture of inclusion.
In terms of diverse representation, we have two focus areas: 1) underrepresented populations in the United States and 2) women
globally. Our current employee base consists of 25% underrepresented populations in the U.S. with a 2025 target to increase to
30%. Globally, women represent 22% of our population with a goal of reaching 27% by 2025.
Ingersoll Rand recently launched three initial Employee Inclusion Groups to build stronger global connections, advocate for
positive change and foster an inclusive culture in the organization. An executive leader sponsors each group and provides
guidance to establish goals in support of our company strategies, culture and values to their global members.
•
•
Black Employee Network Inclusion Group
Veterans Inclusion Group
• Women Inclusion Group
In addition, we are setting the groundwork for inclusion by training our employees on unconscious bias and how to recognize
bias in the workplace and in ourselves. In 2020, we also introduced a powerful initiative called “Lean into Change” where
employees from across the company participated in culturally sensitive conversations with trust and transparency. Profiles in
Diversity Journal recognized this initiative by awarding us a Top 10 Innovations in Diversity Award.
Talent Development and Employee Engagement
We are committed to continuously improving the development and engagement of all employees in the company. Our last
Connections/Engagement survey in September 2020 included a 95% participation rate, resulting in a 76% engagement level,
one point above the manufacturing norm as collected by GLINT, our engagement survey partner. Our efforts on employee
development for 2020 focused on building a strong foundation in the company. We conducted “Purpose and Values” interactive
sessions for all our employees. This effort was also recognized from the Profiles of Diversity Journal with an Award of
Excellence for bringing to life our Purpose and Values. We followed these sessions with training about our specific value of,
“We think and act like owners.” In the latter training, we taught our employees how they can impact our net working capital
metric locally to drive greater cash conversion in the business.
As a result of all of our Human Capital Management activities, we reflect our value of “We foster inspired teams.” We nurture
and celebrate a culture that embraces diverse points of views, backgrounds and experiences. We are committed to equity in how
people are treated and the opportunities available to them because we know that a workplace that cultivates a sense of inclusion,
belonging and respect will develop the most talented and capable employees.
Environmental Matters
We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the storage, handling, emission and
disposal of materials and discharge of materials into the environment. We believe our existing environmental control
procedures are adequate and we have no current plans for substantial capital expenditures in this area. We have an
environmental policy that confirms our commitment to a clean environment and compliance with environmental laws. We have
an active environmental management program aimed at complying with existing environmental regulations and reducing the
generation of pollutants in the manufacturing processes. We are also subject to laws concerning the cleanup of hazardous
substances and wastes, such as the U.S. federal “Superfund” and similar state laws that impose liability for cleanup of certain
waste sites and for related natural resource damages. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party with respect to
several sites designated for cleanup under the “Superfund” or similar state laws. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”
Where You Can Find More Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
11
Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on our website at http://www.irco.com as soon as reasonably practicable after
they are filed with or furnished to the SEC.
We maintain an internet site at http://www.irco.com. From time to time, we may use our website as a distribution channel of
material company information. Financial and other important information regarding us is routinely accessible through and
posted on our website at www.investors.irco.com. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information
about us when you enroll your email address by visiting the Email Alerts section at www.investors.irco.com. Our website and
the information contained on or connected to that site are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
The following risk factors as well as the other information included in this Form 10-K, including “Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto should be carefully considered. Any of the following risks
could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The selected risks described
below, however, are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we
currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
We may not realize all of the expected benefits of the acquisition of and merger with Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
The anticipated benefits of the Ingersoll Rand Industrial acquisition may not be realized fully or at all and may take longer to
realize than expected. The integration process will be complex, costly and time-consuming, which could adversely affect our
businesses, financial results and financial condition. Even if we are able to integrate Ingersoll Rand Industrial successfully, the
merger may not result in the realization of the full benefits of anticipated cost synergies, innovation, operational efficiencies and
incremental revenue growth opportunities that we expect to realize or these benefits may not be achieved within a reasonable
period of time. Moreover, the combined company may be unable to implement its business strategy or retain and hire key
personnel. See also “Risks Related to Our Business—Acquisitions and integrating such acquisitions create certain risks and
may affect our operating results.”
The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and results of operations, and could have a material and
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition in the future.
COVID-19 is a rapidly developing situation around the globe that has negatively impacted and could continue to negatively
impact the global economy. Our operating results will be subject to fluctuations based on general economic conditions, and the
extent to which COVID-19 may ultimately impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain
and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease and the duration of the outbreak
and business closures or business disruptions for our Company, our suppliers and our customers.
The scale and scope of the COVID-19 pandemic may heighten the potential adverse effects on our business, operating results,
cash flows and/or financial condition, described in the other risk factors contained in this report. For example, we have
exposure to the risks associated with instability in the global economy and financial markets, which may negatively impact our
revenues, liquidity, suppliers and customers. Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets we
serve and on the general condition of the global economy, which impacts these markets. The impact of the COVID-19
pandemic has caused a decrease in demand for our products and services, and a sustained weakness in demand for our products
and services resulting from a contraction or uncertainty in the global economy due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
could adversely impact its revenues and profitability. A portion of our revenues and operating results depend on the level of
activity in the energy industry. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant volatility in oil and gas prices and
has negatively impacted energy sector activity, and this in turn has reduced the demand for our products used in this sector and
if such decreased activity continues, could reduce future demand as well. In addition, the negative impact of the COVID-19
pandemic on the financial condition of our customers has and could in the future make them unable to pay for a product or
service when payments become due, or they may decide not to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in
response to changes in local laws and regulations. Although historically not material, we cannot be certain that, in the future,
expenses or losses for uncollectible amounts will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.
Further, we sell a significant portion of our products through independent distributors and sales representatives. The loss of, or
disruption in, our distribution network in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic could have a negative impact on our
12
abilities to ship products, meet customer demand and otherwise operate our business. Finally, our ability to make scheduled
payments on, or refinance, our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which may
continue to be negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. If the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic persist or worsen,
we may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal,
premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt we will be in default and
the lenders under our revolving credit facility could terminate their commitments to loan money, and our secured lenders
(including the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities) could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and
we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. In addition to the foregoing, the COVID-19 pandemic could also exacerbate
or trigger other risks discussed herein, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience different and additional risks not discussed herein such as decreased
worker productivity as a result of remote working arrangements, increased medical, emergency or other leave. An extended
period of remote working by our employees could strain our technology resources and introduce operational risks, including
heightened cybersecurity risk. Remote working environments may be less secure and more susceptible to hacking attacks,
including phishing and social engineering attempts that seek to exploit the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, we are experiencing
increased costs and expenses, including as a result of (i) conducting daily “fitness-for-duty” assessments for all employees,
including temperature and symptoms checks and providing personal protective equipment; (ii) the expansion of benefits to our
employees, including the provision of additional paid time off for employees who have contracted COVID-19 or are required to
be quarantined; and (iii) implementing increased health and safety protocols at all our facilities, including increased cleaning/
sanitization of workspaces, restricting visitor access, mandating social distancing guidelines and increasing the availability of
sanitization products. U.S and international government responses to the COVID-19 outbreak have included “shelter in place”,
“stay at home” and similar types of orders. These orders typically exempt certain individuals and businesses needed to maintain
continuity of operations of critical infrastructure sectors or that are deemed “essential” or contain similar exceptions and
exemptions. Although we believe we are currently considered an “essential” business in our operating markets, if any of the
applicable exceptions or exemptions are curtailed or revoked in the future, that would adversely impact our business, operating
results and financial condition. Furthermore, to the extent these exceptions or exemptions do not extend to our key suppliers
and customers, this would also adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
We have exposure to the risks associated with instability in the global economy and financial markets, which may negatively
impact our revenues, liquidity, suppliers and customers.
Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets we serve and on the general condition of the
global economy, which impacts these markets. Any sustained weakness in demand for our products and services resulting from
a contraction or uncertainty in the global economy, including due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely
impact our revenues and profitability.
In addition, we believe that many of our suppliers and customers access global credit markets to provide liquidity, and in some
cases, utilize external financing to purchase products or finance operations. If our customers are unable to access credit markets
or lack liquidity, it may impact customer demand for our products and services.
Furthermore, our products are sold in many industries, some of which are cyclical and may experience periodic contractions.
Cyclical weakness in the industries that we serve could adversely affect demand for our products and affect our profitability and
financial performance.
More than half of our sales and operations are in non-U.S. jurisdictions and we are subject to the economic, political,
regulatory and other risks of international operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 54% of our revenues were from customers in countries outside of the
United States. We have manufacturing facilities in Germany, the United Kingdom, China, Finland, Italy, India and other
countries. We intend to continue to expand our international operations to the extent that suitable opportunities become
available. Non-U.S. operations and United States export sales could be adversely affected as a result of: political or economic
instability in certain countries; differences in foreign laws, including increased difficulties in protecting intellectual property
and uncertainty in enforcement of contract rights; credit risks; currency fluctuations, in particular, changes in currency
exchange rates between the U.S. dollar, Euro, British Pound and the Chinese Renminbi; exchange controls; changes in and
uncertainties with respect to tariffs and import/export trade restrictions (including changes in United States trade policy toward
other countries, such as the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences), as well as other changes in political policy in
the United States, China, the U.K. and certain European countries (including the impacts of the U.K.’s national referendum
13
resulting in the U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union); royalty and tax increases; nationalization of private enterprises;
civil unrest and protests, strikes, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict; shipping products during times of crisis or war;
and other factors inherent in foreign operations.
In addition, our expansion into new countries may require significant resources and the efforts and attention of our management
and other personnel, which will divert resources from our existing business operations. As we expand our business globally, our
success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks associated with our
international operations.
Shareholder and customer emphasis on environmental, social, and governance responsibility may impose additional costs
on us or expose us to new risks.
Our shareholders, customers and employees continue to expect a more proactive response to environmental, social, and
governance (“ESG”) matters. We may incur increased costs and may be exposed to new risks responding to these higher
expectations. The Company recently emphasized its commitment to making a positive impact on our shared planet with the
announcement of environmental goals with respect to greenhouse gas emissions, renewable energy, water usage and landfill
waste. We may face reputational challenges in the event that we are unable to achieve these goals or our ESG standards do not
meet those set by certain constituencies. These reputational challenges could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our revenues and operating results, especially in the High Pressure Solutions segment, depend on the level of activity in the
energy industry, which is significantly affected by volatile oil and gas prices.
Demand for certain products of our High Pressure Solutions segment, particularly in the upstream energy market, depends on
the level of activity in oil and gas exploration, development and production, and is primarily tied to the number of working and
available drilling rigs, number of wells those rigs drill annually, the amount of hydraulic fracturing horsepower required on
average to fracture each well and, ultimately, oil and natural gas prices overall. The energy market is volatile as the worldwide
demand for oil and natural gas fluctuates.
Generally, when worldwide demand or our customers’ expectations of future prices for these commodities are depressed, the
demand for our products used in drilling and recovery applications is reduced. Other factors, including availability of quality
drilling prospects, exploration success, relative production costs and political and regulatory environments are also expected to
affect the demand for our products. Worldwide military, political and economic events have in the past contributed to oil and
gas price volatility and are likely to do so in the future. A change in economic conditions also puts pressure on our receivables
and collections.
Accordingly, our operating results for any particular period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future
period as the markets for our products have historically experienced volatility. In particular, orders in the High Pressure
Solutions segment have historically corresponded to demand for oil and gas and petrochemical products and have been
influenced by prices and inventory levels for oil and natural gas, rig count, number of wells those rigs drill annually, the amount
of hydraulic fracturing horsepower required on average to fracture each well and other economic factors which we cannot
reasonably predict. The High Pressure Solutions segment generated approximately 4% of our consolidated revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2020.
Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate and other currency risks. A significant movement in exchange rates
could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.
We conduct our business in many different currencies. A significant portion of our revenue, approximately 49% for the year
ended December 31, 2020, is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, currency exchange rates, and
in particular unfavorable movement in the exchange rates between U.S. dollars and Euros, British Pounds and Chinese
Renminbi, affect our operating results. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on our future operating results are
unpredictable because of the number of currencies in which we do business and the potential volatility of exchange rates. We
are also subject to the risks of currency controls and devaluations. Although historically not significant, if currency controls
were enacted in countries where the Company generates significant cash balances, these controls may limit our ability to
convert currencies into U.S. dollars or other currencies, as needed, or to pay dividends or make other payments from funds held
by subsidiaries in the countries imposing such controls, which could adversely affect our liquidity. Currency devaluations could
also negatively affect our operating margins and cash flows.
14
Potential governmental regulations restricting the use, and increased public attention to and litigation regarding the
impacts, of hydraulic fracturing or other processes on which it relies could reduce demand for our products.
Oil and natural gas extracted from unconventional sources, such as shale, tight sands and coal bed methane, frequently requires
hydraulic fracturing. Recent initiatives to study, regulate or otherwise restrict hydraulic fracturing and processes on which it
relies, such as water disposal, as well as litigation over hydraulic fracturing impacts, could adversely affect some of our
customers and their demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
For example, although hydraulic fracturing currently is generally exempt from regulation under the U.S. Safe Drinking Water
Act’s (“SDWA”) Underground Injection Control program and is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions or
similar agencies, several federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. These include,
among others, a number of regulations issued and other steps taken by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) over
the last five years, including its New Source Performance Standards issued in 2012, its June 2016 rules establishing new
emissions standards for methane and additional standards for volatile organic compounds from certain new, modified and
reconstructed equipment and processes in the oil and natural gas source category and its June 2016 rule prohibiting the
discharge of wastewater from onshore unconventional oil and natural gas extraction facilities to publicly owned wastewater
treatment plants; and the federal Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) rule in March 2015 that established new or more
stringent standards relating to hydraulic fracturing on federal and American Indian lands (which was the subject of litigation
and which the BLM rescinded in December 2017). While the EPA in the Trump administration and the Trump administration
more generally have indicated their interest in scaling back or rescinding regulations that inhibit the development of the U.S. oil
and gas industry and have taken steps to do so, it is difficult to predict the extent to which such policies will be implemented or
the outcome of litigation challenging such implementation, such as the suit the State of California’s attorney general filed in
January 2018 challenging the BLM’s rescission of its March 2015 rule referred to above; in July 2018, the federal district judge
in the Northern District of California, where the suit was filed, denied motions by the BLM and several petroleum industry
groups to transfer the challenge to Wyoming.
Moreover, some states and local governments have adopted, and other governmental entities are considering adopting,
regulations that could impose more stringent requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. For example, Texas, Colorado
and North Dakota among others have adopted regulations that impose new or more stringent permitting, disclosure, disposal
and well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. States could also elect to prohibit high volume hydraulic
fracturing altogether, following the approach taken by the State of New York in 2015. Local land use restrictions, such as city
ordinances, may restrict drilling in general and hydraulic fracturing in particular. Some state and federal regulatory agencies
have also recently focused on a connection between the operation of injection wells used for oil and natural gas waste disposal
and seismic activity. Similar concerns have been raised that hydraulic fracturing may also contribute to seismic activity. In
March 2016, the United States Geological Survey identified six states with the most significant hazards from induced
seismicity, including Oklahoma, Kansas, Texas, Colorado, New Mexico and Arkansas. In light of these concerns, some state
regulatory agencies have modified their regulations or issued orders to address induced seismicity. For example, in December
2016, the Oklahoma Corporation Commission’s Oil and Gas Conservation Division (the “OCC Division”) and the Oklahoma
Geologic Survey released well completion seismicity guidance, which requires operators to take certain prescriptive actions,
including mitigation, following anomalous seismic activity within 1.25 miles of hydraulic fracturing operations. In February
2017, the OCC Division issued an order limiting future increases in the volume of oil and natural gas wastewater injected into
the ground in an effort to reduce earthquakes in the state, and it announced further requirements (involving seismic monitoring)
in February 2018. Ongoing lawsuits have also alleged that disposal well operations have caused damage to neighboring
properties or otherwise violated state and federal rules regulating waste disposal. Increased regulation and attention given to
induced seismicity could lead to greater opposition to, and litigation concerning, oil and natural gas activities utilizing hydraulic
fracturing or injection wells for waste disposal. The adoption of more stringent regulations regarding hydraulic fracturing and
the outcome of litigation over hydraulic fracturing could adversely affect some of our customers and their demand for our
products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face competition in the markets we serve, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
We actively compete with many companies producing similar products. Depending on the particular product and application,
we experience competition based on a number of factors, including price, quality, performance and availability. We compete
against many companies, including divisions of larger companies with greater financial resources than we possess. As a result,
these competitors may be both domestically and internationally better able to withstand a change in conditions within the
markets in which we compete and throughout the global economy as a whole.
15
In addition, our ability to compete effectively depends on how successfully we anticipate and respond to various competitive
factors, including new competitors entering our markets, new products and services that may be introduced by competitors,
changes in customer preferences, pricing pressures and new government regulations. If we are unable to anticipate our
competitors’ development of new products and services, identify customer needs and preferences on a timely basis, or
successfully introduce new products and services or modify existing products and service offerings in response to such
competitive factors, we could lose customers to competitors. If we cannot compete successfully, our sales and operating results
could be materially and adversely affected.
Large or rapid increases in the cost of raw materials and component parts, substantial decreases in their availability or our
dependence on particular suppliers of raw materials and component parts could materially and adversely affect our
operating results.
Our primary raw materials, directly and indirectly, are cast iron, aluminum and steel. We also purchase a large number of
motors and, therefore, also have exposure to changes in the price of copper, which is a primary component of motors. We have
long-term contracts with only a few suppliers of key components. Consequently, we are vulnerable to fluctuations in prices and
availability of such raw materials. Factors such as supply and demand, freight costs and transportation availability, inventory
levels of brokers and dealers, the level of imports and general economic conditions may affect the price and availability of raw
materials. In addition, we use single sources of supply for certain iron castings, motors and other select engineered components
that are critical in the manufacturing of our products. From time to time in recent years, we have experienced disruptions to our
supply deliveries for raw materials and component parts and may experience further supply disruptions. Any such disruption
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to timely meet our commitments to customers and, therefore, our operating
results.
Our operating results could be adversely affected by a loss or reduction of business with key customers or consolidation or
the vertical integration of our customer base.
We derive revenue from certain key customers, in particular with respect to our oilfield service products and services. The loss
or reduction of significant contracts with any of these key customers could result in a material decrease of our future
profitability and cash flows. In addition, the consolidation or vertical integration of key customers may result in the loss of
certain customer contracts or impact demand or competition for our products. Any changes in such customers’ purchasing
practices, or decline in such customers’ financial condition, may have a material adverse impact on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. Some of our customers are significantly larger than we are, have greater financial and other
resources and also have the ability to purchase products from our competitors. As a result of their size and position in the
marketplace, some of our customers have significant purchasing leverage and could cause us to materially reduce the price of
our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability. In addition, in the petroleum product
market, lost sales may be difficult to replace due to the relative concentration of the customer base. We are unable to predict
what effect consolidation in our customers’ industries may have on prices, capital spending by customers, selling strategies,
competitive position, our ability to retain customers or our ability to negotiate favorable agreements with customers.
Credit and counterparty risks could harm our business.
The financial condition of our customers could affect our ability to market our products or collect receivables. In addition,
financial difficulties faced by our customers as a result of an adverse economic event or other market factors may lead to
cancellation or delay of orders. Our customers may suffer financial difficulties that make them unable to pay for a product or
solution when payments become due, or they may decide not to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in
response to changes in local laws and regulations. Although historically not material, we cannot be certain that, in the future,
expenses or losses for uncollectible amounts will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.
Acquisitions and integrating such acquisitions create certain risks and may affect our operating results.
We have acquired businesses in the past and may continue to acquire businesses or assets in the future. The acquisition and
integration of businesses or assets involves a number of risks. The core risks are valuation (negotiating a fair price for the
business), integration (managing the process of integrating the acquired company’s people, products, technology and other
assets to extract the value and synergies projected to be realized in connection with the acquisition), regulation (obtaining
necessary regulatory or other government approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions) and diligence (identifying
undisclosed or unknown liabilities or restrictions that will be assumed in the acquisition).
16
In addition, acquisitions outside of the United States often involve additional or increased risks including, for example:
• managing geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;
•
•
•
•
•
integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;
complying with non-U.S. regulatory requirements;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
enforcement of intellectual property rights in some non-U.S. countries;
difficulty entering new non-U.S. markets due to, among other things, consumer acceptance and business knowledge of
these new markets; and
general economic and political conditions.
•
The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of
our combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or
difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of an acquired company’s operations could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Dispositions create certain risks and may affect our operating results.
Dispositions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including diversion of
management attention from running our core businesses, increased expense associated with the dispositions, potential disputes
with the customers or suppliers of the disposed businesses, potential disputes with the acquirers of the disposed businesses and
a potential dilutive effect on our earnings per share.
If dispositions are not completed in a timely manner, there may be a negative effect on our cash flows and/or our ability to
execute our strategy. In addition, we may not realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of our dispositions.
As mentioned above, the Company has entered into an agreement to sell its HPS business to AIP. Under the agreement, the
Company will receive cash consideration of $300 million at close for its majority interest and retain a 45% ownership interest in
the HPS business. This transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2021, subject to regulatory approvals and customary
closing conditions. See Note 25 “Subsequent Events” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
related to this transaction.
The loss of, or disruption in, our distribution network could have a negative impact on our abilities to ship products, meet
customer demand and otherwise operate our business.
We sell a significant portion of our products through independent distributors and sales representatives. We rely in large part on
the orderly operation of this distribution network, which depends on adherence to shipping schedules and effective
management. We conduct all of our shipping through independent third parties. Although we believe that our receiving,
shipping and distribution process is efficient and well-positioned to support our operations and strategic plans, we cannot
provide assurance that we have anticipated all issues or that events beyond our control, such as natural disasters or other
catastrophic events, labor disagreements, acquisition of distributors by a competitor, consolidation within our distributor
network or shipping problems, will not disrupt our distribution network. If complications arise within a segment of our
distribution network, the remaining network may not be able to support the resulting additional distribution demands. Any of
these disruptions or complications could negatively impact our revenues and costs.
Our ongoing and expected restructuring plans and other cost savings initiatives may not be as effective as we anticipate, and
we may fail to realize the cost savings and increased efficiencies that we expect to result from these actions. Our operating
results could be negatively affected by our inability to effectively implement such restructuring plans and other cost savings
initiatives.
We continually seek ways to simplify or improve processes, eliminate excess capacity and reduce costs in all areas of our
operations, which from time to time includes restructuring activities. We have implemented significant restructuring activities
across our global manufacturing, sales and distribution footprint, which include workforce reductions and facility
consolidations. We incurred restructuring charges of $92.9 million and $17.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively. Costs of future initiatives may be material and the savings associated with them are subject to a variety of
risks, including our inability to effectively eliminate duplicative back office overhead and overlapping sales personnel,
rationalize manufacturing capacity, synchronize information technology systems, consolidate warehousing and distribution
facilities and shift production to more economical facilities. As a result, the contemplated costs to effect these initiatives may
materially exceed estimates. The initiatives we are contemplating may require consultation with various employees, labor
17
representatives or regulators, and such consultations may influence the timing, costs and extent of expected savings and may
result in the loss of skilled employees in connection with the initiatives.
Although we have considered the impact of local regulations, negotiations with employee representatives and the related costs
associated with our restructuring activities, factors beyond the control of management may affect the timing of these projects
and therefore affect when savings will be achieved under the plans. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
successfully implement these cost savings initiatives in the time frames contemplated (or at all) or that we will realize the
projected benefits of these and other restructuring and cost savings initiatives. If we are unable to implement our cost savings
initiatives, our business may be adversely affected. Moreover, our continued implementation of cost savings initiatives may
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, as we consolidate facilities and relocate manufacturing processes to lower-cost regions, our success will depend on
our ability to continue to meet customer demand and maintain a high level of quality throughout the transition. Failure to
adequately meet customer demand or maintain a high level or quality could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Our success depends on our executive management and other key personnel and our ability to attract and retain top talent
throughout the Company.
Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive management and other
key personnel and their ability to provide us with uninterrupted leadership and direction. The failure to retain our executive
officers and other key personnel or a failure to provide adequate succession plans could have an adverse impact. Our future
success also depends on our ability to attract, retain and develop qualified personnel at all levels of the organization. The
availability of highly qualified talent is limited in a number of the jurisdictions in which we operate, and the competition for
talent is robust. A failure to attract, retain and develop new qualified personnel throughout the organization could have an
adverse effect on our operations and implementation of our strategic plan.
If we are unable to develop new products and technologies, our competitive position may be impaired, which could
materially and adversely affect our sales and market share.
The markets in which we operate are characterized by changing technologies and introductions of new products and services.
Our ability to develop new products based on technological innovation, including those that drive sustainability, energy
reduction and the reduction and/or recycling of water in our customers’ processes, can affect our competitive position and often
requires the investment of significant resources. Difficulties or delays in research, development or production of new products
and technologies, or failure to gain market acceptance of new products and technologies, may significantly reduce future
revenues and materially and adversely affect our competitive position. We may not have sufficient resources to continue to
make the investment required to maintain or increase our market share or that our investments will be successful. If we do not
compete successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely
affected.
Cost overruns, delays, penalties or liquidated damages could negatively impact our results, particularly with respect to fixed-
price contracts for custom engineered products.
A portion of our revenues and earnings is generated through fixed-price contracts for custom engineered products. Certain of
these contracts provide for penalties or liquidated damages for failure to timely perform our obligations under the contract, or
require that we, at our expense, correct and remedy to the satisfaction of the other party certain defects. Because substantially
all of our custom engineered product contracts are at a fixed price, we face the risk that cost overruns, delays, penalties or
liquidated damages may exceed, erode or eliminate our expected profit margin, or cause us to record a loss on our projects.
The risk of non-compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our international operations could
have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial condition or strategic objectives.
Our global operations subject us to regulation by U.S. federal and state laws and multiple foreign laws, regulations and policies,
which could result in conflicting legal requirements. These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently, have become
more stringent over time and increase our cost of doing business. These laws and regulations include import and export control,
environmental, health and safety regulations, data privacy requirements, international labor laws and work councils and anti-
corruption and bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.N. Convention Against
Bribery and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials.
18
We are subject to the risk that we, our employees, our affiliated entities, contractors, agents or their respective officers,
directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of any of these laws, for which we might be held
responsible, particularly as we expand our operations geographically through organic growth and acquisitions. An actual or
alleged violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, debarment from government contracts,
curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, competitive or reputational harm, litigation or regulatory action and other
consequences that might adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or strategic objectives.
Changes in tax or other laws, regulations, or adverse determinations by taxing or other governmental authorities could
increase our effective tax rate and cash taxes paid or otherwise affect our financial condition or operating results.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and
Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected 2017 and 2018,
including, but not limited to (1) requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries that
is payable over eight years and (2) bonus depreciation that will allow for full expensing of qualified property. The Tax Act also
established new tax laws that significantly affected recent and future tax years.
While we monitor proposals and other developments that would materially impact our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and
investigate our options, we could still be subject to increased taxation on a going forward basis no matter what action we
undertake if certain legislative proposals or regulatory changes are enacted, certain tax treaties are amended and/or our
interpretation of applicable tax or other laws is challenged and determined to be incorrect. The inability to realize any
anticipated tax benefits related to our operations and corporate structure could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 15 “Income
Taxes” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for additional information related
to our accounting for income tax matters.
The inability to realize any anticipated tax benefits related to our operations and corporate structure could have a material
adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, the specific future impacts of the Tax
Act on holders of our common shares are uncertain and could in certain instances be adverse. We urge our stockholders to
consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any such legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in
our common stock.
A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets, the value of which may be reduced if we
determine that those assets are impaired.
We applied the acquisition method of accounting and established a new basis of accounting in 2013 as part of the KKR
Transaction. We also recognized substantial goodwill and other intangible assets through the acquisition of and merger with
Ingersoll Rand Industrial. As of December 31, 2020, the net carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, net
represented $11.0 billion, or 69%, of our total assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for
impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Impairments, if any, could
have a material adverse effect to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. In 2020, we recognized an
impairment charge related to other intangible assets of $19.9 million within the Industrial Technologies and Services segment.
See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K for additional information related to impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets and the associated
charges taken.
Our business could suffer if we experience employee work stoppages, union and work council campaigns or other labor
difficulties.
As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 15,900 employees of which approximately 5,900 were located in the United
States. Of those employees located outside of the United States, a significant portion are represented by works councils and
labor unions, and of those employees located in the United States, approximately 200 are represented by labor unions. Although
we believe that our relations with employees are satisfactory and have not experienced any material work stoppages, work
stoppages have occurred, and may in the future occur, and we may not be successful in negotiating new collective bargaining
agreements. In addition, negotiations with our union employees may (1) result in significant increases in our cost of labor, (2)
divert management’s attention away from operating our business or (3) break down and result in the disruption of our
operations. The occurrence of any of the preceding conditions could impair our ability to manufacture our products and result in
increased costs and/or decreased operating results.
19
We are a defendant in certain asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits, which could adversely affect our financial
condition.
We have been named as a defendant in many asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The plaintiffs in these suits
allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources, and typically we are one of approximately 25 or more named
defendants. We believe that, given our financial reserves and anticipated insurance recoveries, the pending and potential future
lawsuits are not likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
However, future developments, including, without limitation, potential insolvencies of insurance companies or other
defendants, an adverse determination in the Adams County Case (discussed below), or other inability to collect from our
historical insurers or indemnitors, could cause a different outcome. In addition, even if any damages payable by us in any
individual lawsuit are not material, the aggregate damages and related defense costs could be material and could materially
adversely affect our financial condition if we were to receive an adverse judgment in a number of these lawsuits. Accordingly,
the resolution of pending or future lawsuits may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of
operations or liquidity. See Note 20 “Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.
A natural disaster, catastrophe, pandemic or other event could adversely affect our operations.
Some of our operations involve risks of, among other things, property damage, which could curtail our operations. For example,
if one or more of our manufacturing facilities are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe or
event, our operations could be significantly interrupted impacting our ability to produce products and sell products to
customers. These interruptions might involve significant damage to, among other things, property, and repairs might take from
a week or less for a minor incident to many months for a major interruption. In addition, disruptions in our supply chain due to
natural disasters, catastrophes, pandemic or other events could reduce our ability to produce products and satisfy customer
demand. Similar interruptions could result from damage to production or other facilities that provide supplies or other raw
materials to our plants. Interruptions to our operations and supply chain could also result from pandemic which could adversely
impact our workforce or that of our suppliers, causing disruption to the manufacturing process or our supply chain, and last a
week or months depending on the severity of the disruption.
Information systems failure may disrupt our business and result in financial loss and liability to our customers.
Our business is highly dependent on financial, accounting and other data-processing systems and other communications and
information systems, including our enterprise resource planning tools. We process a large number of transactions on a daily
basis and rely upon the proper functioning of computer systems. If any of these systems fail, whether caused by fire, other
natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, acts of cyber terrorism or war or otherwise, or they do not function
correctly, we could suffer financial loss, business disruption, liability to our customers, regulatory intervention or damage to our
reputation. If our systems are unable to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions, our ability to grow could be limited.
Although we have backup systems, procedures and capabilities in place, they may also fail or be inadequate. Further, to the
extent that we may have customer information in our databases, any unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, such information
could result in claims under data protection laws and regulations. If any of these risks materialize, our reputation and our ability
to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected.
The nature of our products creates the possibility of significant product liability and warranty claims, which could harm our
business.
Customers use some of our products in potentially hazardous applications that can cause injury or loss of life and damage to
property, equipment or the environment. In addition, our products are integral to the production process for some end-users and
any failure of our products could result in a suspension of operations. Although we maintain quality controls and procedures,
we cannot be certain that our products will be completely free from defects. We maintain amounts and types of insurance
coverage that we believe are currently adequate and consistent with normal industry practice for a company of our relative size,
and we limit our liability by contract wherever possible. However, we cannot guarantee that insurance will be available or
adequate to cover all liabilities incurred. We also may not be able to maintain insurance in the future at levels we believe are
necessary and at rates we consider reasonable. We may be named as a defendant in product liability or other lawsuits asserting
potentially large claims if an accident occurs at a location where our equipment and services have been or are being used.
20
Environmental compliance costs and liabilities could adversely affect our financial condition.
Our operations and properties are subject to increasingly stringent domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to
environmental protection, including laws and regulations governing air emissions, water discharges, waste management and
workplace safety. Under such laws and regulations, we can be subject to substantial fines and sanctions for violations and be
required to install costly pollution control equipment or put into effect operational changes to limit pollution emissions or
decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases.
We use and generate hazardous substances and waste in our manufacturing operations. In addition, many of our current and
former properties are, or have been, used for industrial purposes. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party with
respect to several sites designated for cleanup under U.S. federal “Superfund” or similar state laws that may impose joint and
several liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related natural resource damages. An accrued liability on our balance
sheet reflects costs that are probable and estimable for our projected financial obligations relating to these matters. If we have
underestimated our remaining financial obligations, we may face greater exposure that could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, operating costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations.
In addition, new laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously
unknown contamination or the imposition of new cleanup requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis for
new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity.
Third parties may infringe upon our intellectual property or may claim we have infringed their intellectual property, and we
may expend significant resources enforcing or defending our rights or suffer competitive injury.
Our success depends in part on the creation, maintenance and protection of our proprietary technology and intellectual property
rights. We rely on a combination of patents, tradenames, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality provisions, contractual
restrictions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Our nondisclosure agreements and
confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our proprietary information, technologies and processes,
and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of breach of such agreements or unauthorized disclosure of such
information, and if a competitor lawfully obtains or independently develops our trade secrets, we would have no right to
prevent such competitor from using such technology or information to compete with us, either of which could harm our
competitive position. Our applications for patent and tradename protection may not be granted, or the claims or scope of such
issued patents or registered tradenames may not be sufficiently broad to protect our products. In addition, effective patent,
copyright, tradename and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited for some of our tradenames and patents in some
foreign countries. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and police our intellectual property rights, and
we cannot guarantee that such efforts will be successful in preventing infringement or misappropriation. If we fail to
successfully enforce these intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our operating
results.
Although we make a significant effort to avoid infringing known proprietary rights of third parties, the steps we take to prevent
misappropriation, infringement or other violation of the intellectual property of others may not be successful and from time to
time we may receive notice that a third party believes that our products may be infringing certain patents, tradenames or other
proprietary rights of such third party. Responding to and defending such claims, regardless of their merit, can be costly and
time-consuming, can divert management’s attention and other resources, and we may not prevail. Depending on the resolution
of such claims, we may be barred from using a specific technology or other rights, may be required to redesign or re-engineer a
product which may require significant resources, may be required to enter into licensing arrangements from the third party
claiming infringement (which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all), or may become liable for
significant damages.
If any of the foregoing occurs, our ability to compete could be affected or our business, financial condition and results of
operations may be materially adversely affected.
We face risks associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations.
We have both funded and unfunded pension and other postretirement benefit plans worldwide. As of December 31, 2020, our
projected benefit obligations under our pension and other postretirement benefit plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets by
an aggregate of approximately $287.0 million (“unfunded status”). Estimates for the amount and timing of the future funding
21
obligations of these benefit plans are based on various assumptions. These assumptions include discount rates, rates of
compensation increases, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and expected healthcare cost trend rates. If our
assumptions prove incorrect, our funding obligations may increase, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial
results.
We have invested the plan assets of our funded benefit plans in various equity and debt securities. A deterioration in the value
of plan assets could cause the unfunded status of these benefit plans to increase, thereby increasing our obligation to make
additional contributions to these plans. An obligation to make contributions to our benefit plans could reduce the cash available
for working capital and other corporate uses, and may have an adverse impact on our operations, financial condition and
liquidity.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial indebtedness could have important adverse consequences and adversely affect our financial condition.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2020, we had total indebtedness of $3,899.5 million, and
we had availability under the Revolving Credit Facility of $998.1 million. Our high level of debt could have important
consequences, including: making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt; limiting our ability
to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or other general
corporate requirements; requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of
other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, investments or
acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry
and competitive conditions; exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including
borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest; limiting our flexibility in planning for
and reacting to changes in the industries in which we compete; placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged
competitors; increasing our cost of borrowing; and hampering our ability to execute on our growth strategy. For a complete
description of the Company’s credit facilities and definitions of capitalized terms used in this section, see Note 10 “Debt” to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to
satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance, our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating
performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business,
legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control (as well as and including those factors discussed under “Risks
Related to Our Business” above). We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to
permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity
problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or
operations, seek additional debt or equity capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to
implement any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative
actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility
could terminate their commitments to loan money, and our secured lenders (including the lenders under the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities) could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or
liquidation.
Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, including off-
balance sheet financing, contractual obligations and general and commercial liabilities. This could further exacerbate the
risks to our financial condition described above.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including off-balance sheet
financings, contractual obligations and general and commercial liabilities. Although the credit agreement governing the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be
substantial. In addition, we can increase the borrowing availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities by up to $1,600.0
22
million in the form of additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and/or incremental term loans plus an
additional amount so long as we do not exceed a specified senior secured leverage ratio. We also can incur additional secured
indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities if certain specified conditions are met under the credit agreement
governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face
could intensify. For a complete description of the Company’s credit facilities and definitions of capitalized terms used in this
section, see Note 10 “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The terms of the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may restrict our current and future
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose
significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our best interest,
including restrictions on our ability to: incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends, make other
distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt; make loans,
investments and other restricted payments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of
our assets; make needed capital expenditures; make strategic acquisitions, investments or enter into joint ventures; plan for or
react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies; and engage in business activities, including future
opportunities, that may be in our interest.
A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities could result in an event of
default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt principal and/or
related interest payments and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default
provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities
would permit the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that
facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, those
lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders
accelerate the repayment of our borrowings and/or interest, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that
indebtedness.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase
significantly.
Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount
borrowed will remain the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness,
will correspondingly decrease.
We utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our
variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of
these instruments.
We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swap instruments from time to time to limit our exposure to changes in variable
interest rates. Such instruments will result in economic losses should interest rates not rise above the pay-fixed interest rate in
the derivative contracts. We will be exposed to credit-related losses which could impact the results of operations in the event of
fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the
counterparties to the interest rate swaps. See Note 18 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk” to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
If the financial institutions that are part of the syndicate of our Revolving Credit Facility fail to extend credit under our
facility or reduce the borrowing base under our Revolving Credit Facility, our liquidity and results of operations may be
adversely affected.
We have access to capital through our Revolving Credit Facility, which is part of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Each
financial institution which is part of the syndicate for our Revolving Credit Facility is responsible on a several, but not joint,
basis for providing a portion of the loans to be made under our facility. If any participant or group of participants with a
significant portion of the commitments in our Revolving Credit Facility fails to satisfy its or their respective obligations to
23
extend credit under the facility and we are unable to find a replacement for such participant or participants on a timely basis (if
at all), our liquidity may be adversely affected.
The Company may face risk associated with the discontinuation of and transition from currently used financial reference
rates.
LIBOR and certain other floating rate benchmark indices to which our floating rate debt is tied, including, without limitation,
the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (collectively, “IBORs”) are the subject of recent national, international and regulatory
guidance and proposals for reform. In a speech on July 27, 2017, Andrew Bailey, the Chief Executive of the Financial Conduct
Authority of the U.K., or the FCA, announced the FCA’s intention to cease sustaining LIBOR after 2021. The FCA has
statutory powers to require panel banks to contribute to LIBOR where necessary. The FCA has decided not to ask, or to require,
that panel banks continue to submit contributions to LIBOR beyond the end of 2021. The FCA has indicated that it expects that
the current panel banks will voluntarily sustain LIBOR until the end of 2021. On November 30, 2020, the FCA announced that
subject to confirmation following its consultation with the administrator of LIBOR, it would cease publication of the one-week
and two-month USD LIBOR immediately after December 31, 2021 and cease publication of the remaining tenors immediately
after June 30, 2023. Additionally, the U.S. Federal Reserve Board has advised banks to stop entering into new USD LIBOR
based contracts. Other jurisdictions have also indicated they will implement reforms or phase-outs, which are currently
scheduled to take effect at the end of calendar year 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative
Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, has identified the Secured
Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury
securities, as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. At this time, it is not possible to predict how markets will respond to
SOFR or other alternative reference rates as the transition away from the IBOR benchmarks is anticipated in coming years.
As of December 31, 2020, we had $3.9 billion of floated rate debt with maximum maturities extending past 2021 tied to IBOR
benchmarks. There is currently no definitive information regarding the future utilization of any IBOR benchmark or of any
particular replacement rate. In addition, any IBOR benchmark may perform differently during any phase-out period than in the
past. As such, the potential effect of any such event on our cost of capital cannot yet be determined and any changes to
benchmark interest rates could increase our financing costs, which could impact our results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, we may need to renegotiate certain of our debt agreements that extend past 2021 with lenders, which could require us
to incur significant expense and may subject us to disputes or litigation over the appropriateness or comparability to the relevant
IBOR benchmark of the replacement reference rates. We are assessing the impact of a potential transition from IBOR; however,
we cannot reasonably estimate the impact of the transition at this time.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
24
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters is a leased facility located at 800-A Beaty Street, Davidson, North Carolina 28036. The number of
significant properties used by each of our segments is summarized by segment, type and geographic location in the tables
below.
Manufacturing
Type of Significant Property
Other(3)
Warehouse
Total
Industrial Technologies and Services
Americas
EMEA(1)
APAC(2)
Industrial Technologies and Services Total
Precision and Science Technologies
Americas
EMEA(1)
APAC(2)
Precision and Science Technologies Total
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
Americas
EMEA(1)
APAC(2)
Specialty Vehicle Technologies Total
High Pressure Solutions
Americas
EMEA(1)
APAC(2)
High Pressure Solutions Total
Total (All Segments)
Americas
EMEA(1)
APAC(2)
Company Total
16
23
6
45
6
6
3
15
1
—
1
2
3
—
—
3
26
29
10
65
4
2
—
6
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
3
2
—
—
2
9
2
—
11
34
20
7
61
—
1
—
1
2
—
—
2
6
—
—
6
42
21
7
70
54
45
13
112
6
7
3
16
6
—
1
7
11
—
—
11
77
52
17
146
(1) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)
(2) Asia Pacific (“APAC”)
(3) Other facilities includes service centers and sales offices
Of the 146 significant properties included in the above table, 90 of the properties are leased and 56 of the properties are
owned. We believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable for our business
operations.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine nature for a
company of our size and sector. We believe that such proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions will not materially
adversely affect our operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. For a detailed discussion of certain of
these proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, see Note 20, “Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this form 10-K.
25
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not Applicable.
26
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “IR.” As
of January 31, 2021, there were 2,708 holders of record of our common stock. This stockholder figure does not include a
substantially greater number of holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Dividend Policy
We did not declare or pay dividends to the holders of our common stock in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. We do
not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will
be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash
requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions contained in current or future financing instruments and other factors
that our board of directors deem relevant.
Company Purchases
The following table contains detail related to the repurchase of our common stock based on the date of trade during the quarter
ended December 31, 2020.
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)
Average Price
Paid Per
Share(2)
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
Maximum Approximate
Dollar Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
2020 Fourth Quarter Months
October 1, 2020 - October 31, 2020
November 1, 2020 - November 30, 2020
— $
— $
—
—
December 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020
16,315 $
45.56
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
(1) All of the shares purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 were in connection with net exercises of stock options.
(2) The average price paid per share includes brokerage commissions.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Set forth below is our selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated
financial data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes to our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes to our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K.
27
The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by
reference to, “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited
consolidated financial statements and related notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
2020
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
2016
Revenues
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets
Other operating expense, net
Operating income (loss)
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Earnings (loss) per share, basic
Earnings (loss) per share, diluted
Weighted average shares, basic
Weighted average shares, diluted
Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Cash flows - operating activities
Cash flows - investing activities
Cash flows - financing activities
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Total liabilities
Total stockholders’ equity
Other Financial Data (unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted net income(1)
Capital expenditures
Free cash flow(1)
$ 4,910.2 $ 2,451.9 $ 2,689.8 $ 2,375.4 $ 1,939.4
1,477.5
1,222.7
3,296.8
1,613.4
894.8
395.8
—
19.9
217.2
85.7
111.1
2.0
(8.0)
(19.4)
13.0
1,540.2
911.7
436.4
124.3
—
—
75.7
275.3
88.9
0.2
(4.7)
190.9
31.8
1,677.3
1,012.5
434.6
125.8
—
—
9.1
443.0
99.6
1.1
(7.2)
349.5
80.1
897.9
446.2
118.9
—
1.6
222.1
109.1
140.7
84.5
(3.4)
(112.7)
(131.2)
$
$
$
(32.4)
0.9
(33.3) $
159.1
—
159.1 $
269.4
—
269.4 $
18.5
0.1
18.4 $
(0.09) $
(0.09) $
0.78 $
0.76 $
1.34 $
1.29 $
0.1 $
0.1 $
382.8
382.8
203.5
208.9
201.6
209.1
182.2
188.4
716.7
415.1
124.2
—
25.3
48.6
103.5
170.3
—
(3.6)
(63.2)
(31.9)
(31.3)
5.3
(36.6)
(0.25)
(0.25)
149.2
149.2
$
914.3 $
343.3 $
444.5 $
200.5 $
165.6
(37.9)
328.7
(54.3)
(11.5)
(235.0)
(373.0)
(60.8)
(17.4)
(82.1)
(43.0)
$ 1,750.9 $
505.5 $
221.2 $
393.3 $
255.8
16,058.6
6,869.1
9,189.5
4,628.4
2,758.5
1,869.9
4,487.1
2,811.1
1,676.0
4,621.2
3,144.4
1,476.8
4,316.0
4,044.2
271.8
$ 1,017.6 $
599.0
48.7
865.6
561.7 $
329.3
43.2
300.1
683.4 $
396.3
52.2
392.3
561.5 $
249.3
56.8
143.7
400.7
133.6
74.4
91.2
28
(1) We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following measures in
this Form 10-K: “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted Net Income” and “Free Cash Flow.” Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA
and Adjusted Net Income are helpful supplemental measures to assist us and investors in evaluating our operating results as they
exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period to period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operations of our
business. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to
exclude certain non-cash, non-recurring and other adjustment items. We believe that the adjustments applied in presenting Adjusted
EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about non-
recurring items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss)
including interest, depreciation and amortization of non-acquisition related intangible assets and excluding other items used to
calculate Adjusted EBITDA and further adjusted for the tax effect of these exclusions.
We use Free Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities
less capital expenditures. We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for us and investors in assessing our
ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service our debt. Free Cash Flow is not a measure of our liquidity
under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.
As a result, we and our board of directors regularly use these measures as tools in evaluating our operating and financial performance
and in establishing discretionary annual compensation. Such measures are provided in addition to, and should not be considered to be
a substitute for, or superior to, the comparable measure under GAAP. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net
Income and Free Cash Flow are frequently used by investors, analysts and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many
of which also present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow when reporting their results in an effort to
facilitate an understanding of their operating and financial results and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or other
performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of
our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not
consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion contains management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and
should be read together with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related
notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any
forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under the “Special Note Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Executive Overview
Our Company
Ingersoll Rand is a global market leader with a broad range of innovative and mission-critical air, fluid, energy, specialty vehicle
and medical technologies, providing services and solutions to increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We manufacture
one of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets, which, when
combined with our global geographic footprint and application expertise, allows us to provide differentiated product and service
offerings to our customers. Our products are sold under a collection of premier, market-leading brands, including Ingersoll Rand,
Gardner Denver, Club Car, CompAir, Nash, Elmo Rietschle, Robuschi, Thomas, Milton Roy, ARO, Emco Wheaton and
Runtech Systems, which we believe are globally recognized in their respective end-markets and known for product quality,
reliability, efficiency and superior customer service.
These attributes, along with over 160 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster
long-standing customer relationships, which we believe have resulted in leading market positions within each of our operating
segments. We have sales in more than 175 countries and our diverse customer base utilizes our products across a wide array of
end-markets that have favorable near- and long-term growth prospects, including industrial manufacturing, energy (with
particular exposure to the North American upstream land-based market), transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food
and beverage packaging and chemical processing.
Our products and services are critical to the processes and systems in which they are utilized, which are often complex and
function in harsh conditions where the cost of failure or downtime is high. However, our products and services typically
represent only a small portion of the costs of the overall systems or functions that they support. As a result, our customers place a
high value on our application expertise, product reliability and the responsiveness of our service. To support our customers and
29
market presence, we maintain significant global scale with 65 key manufacturing facilities, approximately 50 complementary
service and repair centers across six continents and approximately 15,900 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2020.
The process-critical nature of our product applications, coupled with the standard wear and tear replacement cycles associated
with the usage of our products, generates opportunities to support customers with our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts,
consumables and services. Customers place a high value on minimizing any time their operations are offline. As a result, the
availability of replacement parts, consumables and our repair and support services are key components of our value proposition.
Our large installed base of products provides a recurring revenue stream through our aftermarket parts, consumables and services
offerings. As a result, our aftermarket revenue is significant, representing 36.1% of total Company revenue and approximately
42.8% of our combined Industrial Technologies and Services and High Pressure Solutions segments’ revenue in 2020.
Components of Our Revenue and Expenses
Revenues
We generate revenue from sales of original equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. We sell our
products and deliver services directly to end-users and through independent distribution channels, depending on the product line
and geography. Revenue derived from short duration contracts is recognized at a single point in time when control is transferred
to the customer, generally at shipment or when delivery has occurred or as services are performed. Certain contracts are highly-
engineered and unique to customer specifications. Depending on the contractual terms, revenue is recognized either over the
duration of the contract or at contract completion when control is transferred to the customer.
Expenses
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales includes purchased materials, labor and overhead related to manufactured products and aftermarket parts sold
during a period. Depreciation of manufacturing equipment and facilities is included in cost of sales. Purchased materials
represent the majority of costs of sales, with steel, aluminum, copper and partially finished castings representing our most
significant materials inputs. Stock-based compensation expense for employees associated with the manufacture of products or
delivery of services to customers is included in cost of sales. We have instituted a global sourcing strategy to take advantage of
coordinated purchasing opportunities of key materials across our manufacturing plant locations.
Cost of sales for services includes direct labor, parts and other overhead costs including depreciation of equipment and facilities,
to deliver repair, maintenance and other field services to our customers.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses consist of (i) salaries and other employee-related expenses for our selling and administrative
functions and other activities not associated with the manufacture of products or delivery of services to customers; (ii) facility
operating expenses for selling and administrative activities, including office rent, maintenance, depreciation and insurance; (iii)
marketing and direct costs of selling products and services to customers including internal and external sales commissions; (iv)
research and development expenditures; (v) professional and consultant fees; (vi) employee related stock-based compensation
for our selling and administrative functions and (vii) other miscellaneous expenses. Certain corporate expenses, including those
related to our shared service centers in the United States and Europe that directly benefit our businesses are allocated to our
business segments. Certain corporate administrative expenses, including corporate executive compensation, treasury, certain
information technology, internal audit and tax compliance, are not allocated to the business segments.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets represents the amortization of finite lived intangible assets recognized through accounting for
acquisitions — including customer relationships, tradenames, and developed technology — as well as internal-use software.
Impairment of Other Intangible Assets
Impairment of other intangible assets represents the recognition of non-cash charges to reduce the carrying value of intangible
assets other than goodwill to their fair value.
30
Other Operating Expense, Net
Other operating expense, net includes foreign currency gains and losses, restructuring charges, acquisition and integration costs,
certain litigation and contract settlement losses, environmental remediation and other miscellaneous operating expenses.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
The provision or benefit for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and all non-U.S. income taxes. We
are subject to income tax in approximately 46 jurisdictions outside of the United States. Because we conduct operations on a
global basis, our effective tax rate depends, and will continue to depend, on the geographic distribution of our pre-tax earnings
among several different taxing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate can also vary based on changes in the tax rates of the different
jurisdictions, the availability of tax credits and non-deductible items.
Items Affecting our Reported Results
General Economic Conditions and Capital Spending in the Industries We Serve
Our financial results closely follow changes in the industries and end-markets we serve. Demand for most of our products
depends on the level of new capital investment and planned and unplanned maintenance expenditures by our customers. The
level of capital expenditures depends, in turn, on the general economic conditions as well as access to capital at reasonable cost.
In particular, demand for our industrial products in our Industrial Technologies and Services and Precision and Science
Technologies segment generally correlate with the rate of total industrial capacity utilization and the rate of change of industrial
production. Capacity utilization rates above 80% have historically indicated a strong demand environment for industrial
equipment. Demand for certain businesses in our Precision and Science Technologies segment are driven by favorable trends in
healthcare spend due to an aging population requiring medical care and increased investment in health solutions and safety
infrastructures in emerging economies. In our High Pressure Solutions segment, demand for our products that is influenced
heavily by energy prices and the expectation as to future trends in those prices. Energy prices have historically been cyclical in
nature and are affected by a wide range of factors. In addition to energy prices, demand for our upstream energy products are
positively impacted by increasing global land rig count, drilled but uncompleted wells, the level of hydraulic fracturing intensity
and activity measured by horsepower utilization and lateral lengths as well as drilling and completion capital expenditures. Over
longer time periods, we believe that demand for all of our products also tends to follow economic growth patterns indicated by
the rates of change in the GDP around the world, as augmented by secular trends in each segment. Our ability to grow and our
financial performance will also be affected by our ability to address a variety of challenges and opportunities that are a
consequence of our global operations, including efficiently utilizing our global sales, manufacturing and distribution capabilities
and engineering innovative new product applications for end-users in a variety of geographic markets.
Foreign Currency Fluctuations
A significant portion of our revenues, approximately 49% for the year ended December 31, 2020, was recognized by subsidiaries
with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. A significant portion of our costs are also denominated in currencies other
than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign exchange rates can therefore impact our results of operations and are quantified when
significant to our discussion.
Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations
As a result of a number of factors, our historical results of operations are not comparable from period to period and may not be
comparable to our financial results of operations in future periods. Key factors affecting the comparability of our results of
operations are summarized below.
Acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial
On February 29, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. We reorganized our reportable segments in
connection with this transaction and formed four new reportable segments.
•
Industrial Technologies and Services – Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s Compression Technologies and Services (“CTS”)
and Power Tools and Lift (“PTL”) businesses joined the legacy Gardner Denver Industrial segment (excluding the
Specialty Pump businesses) and the midstream and downstream portions of the Gardner Denver Energy segment to
form the new “Industrial Technologies and Services” segment.
31
•
•
•
Precision and Science Technologies – Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s Precision Flow Systems (“PFS”) and ARO businesses
joined the legacy Gardner Denver Medical segment and Specialty Pump businesses from the legacy Gardner Denver
Industrial segment to form the new “Precision and Science Technologies” segment.
Specialty Vehicle Technologies – Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s Club Car golf, utility and consumer low-speed vehicles
business formed the new “Specialty Vehicle Technologies” segment.
High Pressure Solutions – The upstream energy portion of the legacy Gardner Denver Energy segment was
disaggregated to form the new “High Pressure Solutions” segment.
Ingersoll Rand Industrial is included in our results of operations beginning on the acquisition date (close of business February
29, 2020). Comparability between the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 will be affected by ten months of activity from
Ingersoll Rand Industrial. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, in the year ended December 31, 2020, the Ingersoll Rand
Industrial acquisition contributed $1,787.4 million, $406.1 million, and $741.4 million of revenue to the Industrial Technologies
and Services, Precision and Science Technologies and Specialty Vehicle Technologies segments, respectively.
See Note 3 “Business Combinations” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for
further discussion of the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Other acquisitions
Part of our strategy for growth is to acquire complementary flow control and compression equipment businesses, which provide
access to new technologies or geographies or improve our aftermarket offerings. In addition to the Ingersoll Rand Industrial
transaction discussed above, we have acquired several other businesses during the three year period ending December 31, 2020.
While these acquisitions are not individually significant or significant in the aggregate, may be relevant when comparing our
results from period to period.
See Note 3 “Business Combinations” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for
further discussion of these acquisitions.
Impact of Coronavirus (COVID-19)
We continue to assess and actively manage the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on our global operations and also the
operations of our suppliers and customers. Overall demand for our products has decreased as a result of the pandemic, which
impacted our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2020. We are adhering to all state and country mandates and
guidelines wherever we operate. Although certain of our facilities were closed for a period of time during the COVID-19
pandemic, currently all our major manufacturing locations are operational, in accordance with country mandates and guidelines.
We are taking certain actions to reduce costs and preserve cash given the rapidly changing environment. The length of time the
pandemic will impact our operations, and the operations of our customers and suppliers remains uncertain. See “The COVID-19
pandemic has adversely affected our business and results of operations, and could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition in the future” in Part II Item 1A. “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.
Variability within Upstream Energy Markets
We sell products and services to customers in upstream energy markets, primarily in the United States. Within our High Pressure
Solutions segment, we manufacture pumps and associated aftermarket products and services used in drilling, hydraulic fracturing
and well service applications.
Demand for upstream energy products has historically corresponded to the supply and demand dynamics related to oil and
natural gas products, and has been influenced by oil and natural gas prices, the level and intensity of hydraulic fracturing activity
rig count, drilling activity and other economic factors. These factors have caused the level of demand for certain of our High
Pressure Solutions products to change at times (both positively and negatively) and we expect these trends to continue in the
future.
Restructuring and Other Business Transformation Initiatives
We continue to implement business transformation initiatives. A key element of those business transformation initiatives was
restructuring programs within our Industrial Technologies and Services, Precision and Science Technologies, Specialty Vehicle
32
Technologies and High Pressure Solutions segments as well as at the Corporate level. Restructuring charges, program related
facility reorganization, relocation and other costs, and related capital expenditures were impacted most significantly.
Subsequent to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, the Company announced a restructuring program (“2020 Plan”) to
create efficiencies and synergies, reduce the number of facilities and optimize operating margin within the merged Company. For
the year ended December 31, 2020, $92.9 million was charged to expense related to this restructuring program.
We announced a restructuring program in the third quarter of 2018 that primarily involves workforce reductions and facility
consolidations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, $17.1 million was charged to expense related to this restructuring
program.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred stock-based compensation expense of approximately $51.3 million which
was decreased by $0.5 million due to costs associated with employer taxes. The increase from 2019 was primarily due to
increased awards as a result of the Ingersoll Rand Industrial acquisition as well as the $150 million equity grant to nearly 16,000
employees worldwide announced in the third quarter of 2020. See Note 17 “Stock-Based Compensation” to our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further discussion around our stock-based
compensation expense.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred stock-based compensation expense of approximately $19.2 million which
was increased by $1.5 million due to costs associated with employer taxes.
Outlook
Industrial Technologies and Services
The mission-critical nature of our Industrial Technologies and Services segment products across manufacturing processes drives
a demand environment and outlook that are correlated with global and regional industrial production, capacity utilization and
long-term GDP growth. Due to the uncertainty of current economic conditions associated with COVID-19, and its impact on end
markets, our near-term visibility is limited. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we had $996.8 million of orders in our Industrial
Technologies and Services segment, an increase of 154.8% over the fourth quarter of 2019. Approximately $601.9 million of
these orders relate to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Precision and Science Technologies Segment
During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Precision and Science Technologies segment has seen increased demand for our vacuum
pump and compressor solutions used in respirator and ventilator applications. Demand of other products and services have been
curtailed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and near-term visibility is limited. In the fourth quarter of 2020 we booked
$220.3 million of orders in our Precision and Science Technologies segment, an increase of 202.6% over the fourth quarter of
2019. Approximately $127.4 million of these orders relate to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Specialty Vehicle Technologies Segment
During 2020, the Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment is seeing consistent demand in golf end markets along with record
demand for consumer vehicle and aftermarket parts offerings. This has helped to offset demand pressure in the commercial end
markets as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact the hospitality and resort industries. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we
had $274.2 million of orders in our Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment.
High Pressure Solutions Segment
The demand and outlook for the majority of our High Pressure Solutions products and services are influenced heavily by the
supply and demand dynamics related to oil and natural gas products, and have been influenced by oil and natural gas prices, the
level and intensity of hydraulic fracturing activity, global land rig count, the number of drilled but uncompleted wells and other
economic factors. The COVID-19 pandemic and related economic repercussions have negatively impacted the global demand
for oil and natural gas. The ultimate duration of these conditions is unknown. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we booked $38.8
million of orders in our High Pressure Solutions segment, a decrease of 50.9% over the fourth quarter of 2019.
33
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
We manage operations through the four business segments described above. In addition to our consolidated GAAP financial
measures, we review various non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash
Flow.
We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are helpful supplemental measures to assist us and investors in
evaluating our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period to period do not necessarily
correspond to changes in the operations of our business. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization and certain non-cash, non-recurring and other adjustment items. We believe that the adjustments
applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material
non-cash items and about non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net
Income is defined as net income (loss) including interest, depreciation and amortization of non-acquisition related intangible
assets and excluding other items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and further adjusted for the tax effect of these exclusions.
We use Free Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating
activities less capital expenditures. We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for us and investors in
assessing our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service our debt. Free Cash Flow is not a measure
of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.
Management and our board of directors regularly use these measures as tools in evaluating our operating and financial
performance and in establishing discretionary annual compensation. Such measures are provided in addition to, and should not
be considered to be a substitute for, or superior to, the comparable measures under GAAP. In addition, we believe that Adjusted
EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are frequently used by investors and other interested parties in the
evaluation of issuers, many of which also present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow when reporting
their results in an effort to facilitate an understanding of their operating and financial results and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or
any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a
measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and
you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.
Included in our discussion of our consolidated and segment results below are changes in revenues and Adjusted EBITDA on a
Constant Currency basis. Constant Currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained
constant period over period. We define Constant Currency revenues and Adjusted EBITDA as total revenues and Adjusted
EBITDA excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements and use it to determine the Constant Currency revenue and
Adjusted EBITDA growth on a year-over-year basis. Constant Currency revenues and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated by
translating current period revenues and Adjusted EBITDA using corresponding prior period exchange rates. These results should
be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with GAAP. Results on a Constant Currency
basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of
performance presented in accordance with GAAP.
For further information regarding these measures, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”
below.
Results of Operations
Consolidated results should be read in conjunction with segment results and the Segment Information notes to our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, which provide more detailed discussions concerning
certain components of our consolidated statements of operations. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated within the consolidated results.
This section discusses our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2019. For a discussion and analysis of the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the same in 2018, please
refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition” and “Results of Operations” sections included in
Item 7 in Exhibit 99.2 of our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 5, 2020.
34
Consolidated Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Revenues
Cost of sales
Gross Profit
Selling and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of other intangible assets
Other operating expense, net
Operating Income
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net Income (Loss)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Percentage of Revenues
Gross profit
Selling and administrative expenses
Operating income
Net income
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Other Financial Data
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted net income(1)
Cash flows - operating activities
Cash flows - investing activities
Cash flows - financing activities
Free cash flow(1)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ 4,910.2
3,296.8
1,613.4
894.8
395.8
19.9
217.2
85.7
111.1
2.0
(8.0)
(19.4)
13.0
(32.4)
0.9
(33.3)
$
$ 2,451.9
1,540.2
911.7
436.4
124.3
—
75.7
275.3
88.9
0.2
(4.7)
190.9
31.8
159.1
—
159.1
$
32.9 %
18.2 %
1.7 %
(0.7) %
20.7 %
37.2 %
17.8 %
11.2 %
6.5 %
22.9 %
$
$ 1,017.6
599.0
914.3
(37.9)
328.7
865.6
561.7
329.3
343.3
(54.3)
(11.5)
300.1
(1) See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Revenues
Revenues for 2020 were $4,910.2 million, an increase of $2,458.3 million, or 100.3%, compared to $2,451.9 million in
2019. The increase in revenues was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial of $2,934.9 million
partially offset by lower volumes due to the effects of COVID-19 in our Industrial Technologies and Services segment of $260.5
million and in our High Pressure Solutions segment of $220.5 million. The percentage of consolidated revenues derived from
aftermarket parts and services was 36.1% in 2020 compared to 37.8% in 2019.
Gross Profit
Gross profit in 2020 was $1,613.4 million, an increase of $701.7 million, or 77.0%, compared to $911.7 million in 2019, and as a
percentage of revenues was 32.9% in 2020 and 37.2% in 2019. The increase in gross profit is primarily due to acquisitions,
including Ingersoll Rand Industrial, partially offset by the runoff of the fair valuation adjustments related to purchase price
allocation from inventory into cost of sales, lower volumes due to the effects of COVID-19 in our Industrial Technologies and
35
Services segment and our High Pressure Solutions segment. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenues is primarily
due to the runoff of the fair valuation adjustments related to purchase price allocation from inventory into cost of sales and
changes in segment mix.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses were $894.8 million in 2020, an increase of $458.4 million, or 105.0%, compared to $436.4
million in 2019. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 18.2% in 2020 from 17.8% in
2019. This increase in selling and administrative expenses was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial,
increased professional and consultant fees and increased stock based compensation expense, partially offset by a decrease in
advertising expenses and employee related expenses including salaries and wages, within our legacy business units.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets was $395.8 million in 2020, an increase of $271.5 million compared to $124.3 million in 2019.
The increase was primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Impairment of Intangible Assets
Impairment of intangible assets was $19.9 million in 2020 due to the impairment of two tradenames in the Industrial
Technologies and Services segment. See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further details.
Other Operating Expense, Net
Other operating expense, net was $217.2 million in 2020, an increase of $141.5 million compared to $75.7 million in 2019. The
increase was primarily due to higher restructuring charges of $75.8 million, higher acquisition related expenses of $43.5 million,
higher foreign currency transaction losses, net of $12.8 million and lower shareholder litigation recoveries of $6.0 million.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $111.1 million in 2020, an increase of $22.2 million compared to $88.9 million in 2019. The increase was
primarily due to the addition of a $1,900 million term loan entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial and the addition of a $400 million term loan entered into in the second quarter of 2020, partially offset by a decrease in
the weighted-average interest rate. The weighted-average interest rate was approximately 3.5% in 2020 and 5.4% in 2019.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
Loss on extinguishment of debt was $2.0 million in 2020, which was related to the refinancing of the senior secured term loan
facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and the senior secured term loan facility denominated in Euros. See Note 10 “Debt” to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further details.
Other Income, Net
Other income, net, was $8.0 million in 2020, an increase of $3.3 million compared to $4.7 million in 2019. The increase in other
income, net was primarily due to increased gains on postretirement plan investments of $10.5 million due to the additional
defined benefit plans from the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, partially offset by increased costs in the other components
of net periodic benefit cost of $6.1 million due to the additional defined benefit plans from the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was $13.0 million resulting in a (67.0)% effective tax rate in 2020 compared to a provision of
$31.8 million resulting in a 16.7% effective tax provision rate in 2019. The decrease in the tax provision and the change in the
effective tax rate is primarily due to a reduction in the pre-tax book income in jurisdictions with lower effective tax rates
combined with significant earnings in jurisdictions with higher tax rates. The reduction in pre-tax book income is mainly from
the COVID-19 global pandemic, the transaction costs associated with the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, and additional
amortization and depreciation expense associated with the purchase price step up adjustments.
36
Net Income (Loss)
Net loss was $32.4 million in 2020 compared to net income of $159.1 million in 2019. The decrease in net income was primarily
due to higher selling and administrative expenses, higher amortization, increased other operating expenses, net, and higher
interest expense, partially offset by higher gross profit on increased revenues.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA increased $455.9 million to $1,017.6 million in 2020 compared to $561.7 million in 2019. Adjusted EBITDA
as a percentage of revenues decreased 220 basis points to 20.7% in 2020 from 22.9% in 2019. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA
was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial of $691.1 million, partially offset by lower organic sales
volume of $179.0 million and increased corporate costs associated with Ingersoll Rand Industrial. The decrease in Adjusted
EBITDA as a percentage of revenues is primarily attributable to end market challenges in the upstream oil and gas market in our
High Pressure Solutions segment.
Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted Net Income increased $269.7 million to $599.0 million in 2020 compared to $329.3 million in 2019. The increase was
primarily due to increased Adjusted EBITDA, partially offset by an increased income tax provision, as adjusted and higher
depreciation and interest expenses.
37
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Set forth below are reconciliations of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income and cash flows from
operating activities to Free Cash Flow. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, see
“How We Assess the Performance of Our Business” above.
Net Income (Loss)
Plus:
Interest expense
Provision for income taxes
Depreciation expense(a)
Amortization expense(b)
Impairment of other intangible assets
Restructuring and related business transformation costs(c)
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges(d)
Stock-based compensation(e)
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
Loss on extinguishment of debt(f)
Shareholder litigation settlement recoveries(g)
Establish public company financial reporting compliance
Other adjustments(h)
Adjusted EBITDA
Minus:
Interest expense
Income tax provision, as adjusted(i)
Depreciation expense
Amortization of non-acquisition related intangible assets
Adjusted Net Income
Free Cash Flow
Cash flows - operating activities
Minus:
Capital expenditures
Free Cash Flow
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
(32.4) $
159.1
111.1
13.0
97.1
395.8
19.9
97.9
233.2
50.8
20.9
2.0
—
—
8.3
88.9
31.8
53.8
124.3
—
25.6
54.6
20.7
8.1
0.2
(6.0)
0.6
—
$
$
$
$
1,017.6 $
561.7
111.1 $
192.0
97.1
18.4
88.9
77.9
53.8
11.8
599.0 $
329.3
914.3 $
343.3
48.7
$
865.6 $
43.2
300.1
(a) Depreciation expense excludes $8.0 million of depreciation of rental equipment for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(b) Represents $377.4 million and $112.5 million of amortization of intangible assets arising from the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial and other acquisitions (customer relationships, technology, tradenames and backlog) and $18.4 million and $11.8 million
of amortization of non-acquisition related intangible assets, in each case for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
(c) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consisted of the following.
Restructuring charges
Facility reorganization, relocation and other costs
Other, net
Total restructuring and related business transformation costs
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
92.9 $
2.1
2.9
97.9 $
17.1
2.4
6.1
25.6
(d) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration
costs (including certain incentive and non-incentive cash compensation costs), and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair
value purchase accounting adjustments.
38
(e) Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $51.3 million decreased by $0.5
million due to costs associated with employer taxes. Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock options
outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $19.2 million increased by $1.5 million due to costs associated with employer
taxes.
(f) Represents losses on the extinguishment of a portion of the U.S. term loan and the amendment of the revolving credit facility.
(g) Represents insurance recoveries of our shareholder litigation settlement in 2014.
(h)
Includes (i) effects of the amortization of prior service costs and amortization of losses in pension and other postemployment
(“OPEB”) expense, (ii) certain legal and compliance costs and (iii) other miscellaneous adjustments.
(i) Represents our income tax provision adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income and the removal
of applicable discrete tax items. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income is computed using the statutory
tax rate related to the jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment after taking into account the impact of permanent differences
and valuation allowances. Discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes in uncertain tax positions relating to prior
years and changes in valuation allowances. All impacts relating to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 have been included as an
adjustment on the “Tax law change” line of the table below.
The income tax provision, as adjusted for each of the periods presented below consists of the following.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
Discrete tax items
Income tax provision, as adjusted
Segment Results
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
13.0 $
184.0
(5.0)
192.0 $
31.8
45.6
0.5
77.9
As discussed above, we reorganized our segments during the three month period ended March 31, 2020 and no longer report
under the three reportable segments of Industrial, Energy and Medical. Discussed below are the results of operations for the three
reorganized reportable segments of Industrial Technologies and Services, Precision and Science Technologies and High Pressure
Solutions as well as our new Specialty Vehicles Technologies reportable segment. Our Corporate operations (as described
below) are not discussed separately as any results that had a significant impact on operating results are included in the
consolidated results discussion above.
We evaluate the performance of our segments based on Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Segment Adjusted
EBITDA is indicative of operational performance and ongoing profitability. Our management closely monitors Segment
Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate past performance and identify actions required to improve profitability.
The segment measurements provided to, and evaluated by, the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) are described in
Note 22 “Segment Information” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Included in our discussion of our segment results below are changes in Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA on a
Constant Currency basis. Constant Currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained
constant period over period. We define Constant Currency as changes in Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA
excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. We use these measures to determine the Constant Currency Segment
Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA growth on a year-on-year basis. Constant Currency Segment Revenues and Segment
Adjusted EBITDA are calculated by translating current period Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA using prior
period exchange rates. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance
with GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used
by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with GAAP.
Segment Results for Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
The following tables display Segment Revenues, Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin (Segment
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenues) for each of our Segments and illustrates, on a percentage basis, the
impact of foreign currency fluctuations on Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA growth.
39
Industrial Technologies and Services Segment Results
Segment Revenues
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Segment Margin
2020 vs. 2019
Years Ended December 31,
2020
3,248.2
759.8
2019
1,700.9
391.4
$
$
$
$
23.4 %
23.0 %
Percent Change
2020 vs. 2019
91.0 %
94.1 %
40 bps
Segment Revenues for 2020 were $3,248.2 million, an increase of $1,547.3 million, or 91.0%, compared to $1,700.9 million in
2019. The increase in Segment Revenues was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial, of $1,787.4
million or 105.1% and improved pricing of $21.2 million or 1.2%, partially offset by lower volume of $260.5 million or 15.3%.
The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts and service was 40.2% in 2020 compared to 32.3% in
2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 was $759.8 million, an increase of $368.4 million, or 94.1%, from $391.4 million in 2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 40 bps to 23.4% from 23.0% in 2019. The increase in Segment Adjusted EBITDA
was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial, of $432.4 million or 110.5%, lower selling and
administrative expenses of $35.4 million or 9.0%, and improved pricing of $21.2 million or 5.4%, partially offset by lower
organic sales volumes of $104.0 million or 26.6% and unfavorable margin mix of $19.1 million or 4.9%.
Precision and Science Technologies Segment Results
Segment Revenues
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Segment Margin
2020 vs. 2019
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Percent Change
2020 vs. 2019
$
$
725.0
220.2
$
$
316.6
95.8
30.4 %
30.3 %
129.0 %
129.9 %
10 bps
Segment Revenues for 2020 were $725.0 million, an increase of $408.4 million, or 129.0%, compared to $316.6 million in
2019. The increase in Segment Revenues was primarily due to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial, of $406.1
million or 128.3% and improved pricing of $4.7 million or 1.5%, partially offset by lower volume of $4.6 million or 1.5%. The
percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts and service was 14.6% in 2020 compared to 4.2% in 2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 was $220.2 million, an increase of $124.4 million, or 129.9%, from $95.8 million in 2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 10 bps to 30.4% from 30.3% in 2019. The increase in Segment Adjusted EBITDA
was due primarily to acquisitions, including Ingersoll Rand Industrial, of $120.1 million or 125.4%, improved pricing of $4.7
million or 4.9% and lower selling and administrative expenses of $2.1 million or 2.2%, partially offset by lower volume of $1.8
million or 1.9%.
Specialty Vehicle Technologies Segment Results
The Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment is entirely composed of businesses acquired as part of the Ingersoll Rand Industrial
transaction. Therefore, comparative prior period information was not part of our consolidated results.
Segment Revenues for 2020 were $741.4 million. The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts and
service was 26.0% in 2020.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 was $138.6 million. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin was 18.7% in 2020.
40
High Pressure Solutions Segment Results
Segment Revenues
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Segment Margin
2020 vs. 2019
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Percent Change
2020 vs. 2019
$
$
$
$
195.6
12.1
6.2 %
434.4
117.0
26.9 %
(55.0) %
(89.7) %
(2,070) bps
Segment Revenues for 2020 were $195.6 million, a decrease of $238.8 million, or 55.0%, compared to $434.4 million in 2019.
The decrease in Segment Revenues was primarily due to lower volume of $220.5 million or 50.8% and lower pricing $17.3
million or 4.0%. The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts and service was 86.7% in 2020 compared
to 83.9% in 2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 was $12.1 million, a decrease of $104.9 million, or 89.7%, from $117.0 million in 2019.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin decreased 2,070 bps to 6.2% from 26.9% in 2019. The decrease in Segment Adjusted
EBITDA was due primarily to lower volume of $73.2 million or 62.6%, lower pricing of $17.3 million or 14.8%, unfavorable
margin mix of $10.6 million or 9.1% and higher selling and administrative expenses of $5.0 million or 4.3%.
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31, 2020(1)
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Q4
Q1
Q3
Q2
Revenues
Gross profit
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to
Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Weighted average shares, basic
Weighted average shares, diluted
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
$ 799.9 $ 1,264.4 $ 1,335.2 $ 1,510.7 $ 620.3 $ 629.1 $ 596.7 $ 605.8
$ 244.5 $ 360.0 $ 482.0 $ 526.9 $ 230.5 $ 234.4 $ 221.5 $ 225.3
74.3 $ 130.4 $ 80.2 $ 74.6 $ 72.9 $ 47.6
$ (66.8) $
(52.2) $
29.9 $ 151.1 $ 47.1 $ 44.9 $ 41.3 $ 25.8
$ (36.8) $ (176.6) $
$ (36.8) $ (177.6) $
29.5 $ 151.6 $ 47.1 $ 44.9 $ 41.3 $ 25.8
203.4
204.8
417.6
277.3
209.4
208.9
422.0
277.3
0.36 $ 0.23 $ 0.22 $ 0.20 $ 0.13
$ (0.13) $
$ (0.13) $
0.36 $ 0.23 $ 0.21 $ 0.20 $ 0.12
$ 147.8 $ 241.2 $ 284.2 $ 344.4 $ 139.0 $ 146.3 $ 141.8 $ 134.6
417.0
417.0
(0.43) $
(0.43) $
0.07 $
0.07 $
418.4
424.5
201.6
207.7
204.2
209.0
(1) See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Factors
Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations.”
41
(2) Set forth below are the reconciliations of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Net Income (Loss)
Plus:
Interest expense
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
Impairment of other intangible assets
Restructuring and related business
transformation costs (a)
$ (36.8) $ (176.6) $ 29.9 $ 151.1 $ 47.1 $ 44.9 $ 41.3 $ 25.8
27.1
(58.9)
15.9
55.2
—
30.8
95.9
28.4
114.6
—
28.8
18.2
25.9
114.2
19.9
24.4
(42.2)
26.9
111.8
—
22.4
12.0
14.1
31.4
—
22.4
8.3
13.5
30.9
—
23.2
9.0
12.7
30.4
—
20.9
2.5
13.5
31.6
—
42.2
32.2
12.3
11.2
4.1
2.0
9.9
9.6
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash
charges (b)
Environmental remediation loss reserve (c)
Establish public company financial reporting
compliance(d)
Stock-based compensation(e)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(f)
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
Shareholder litigation settlement recoveries(g)
Other adjustments(h)
Adjusted EBITDA
96.1
—
—
3.0
2.0
2.6
—
(0.6)
96.0
—
—
12.7
—
5.2
—
2.0
15.3
—
—
12.8
—
6.2
—
0.7
25.8
—
—
22.3
—
6.9
—
6.2
1.6
—
0.6
8.7
—
3.1
(6.0)
(0.1)
17.1
—
15.9
—
20.0
0.1
—
6.2
0.2
0.6
—
0.2
—
—
—
(0.6)
—
—
—
5.8
—
5.0
—
(0.2)
$ 147.8 $ 241.2 $ 284.2 $ 344.4 $ 139.0 $ 146.3 $ 141.8 $ 134.6
(a) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of (i) restructuring charges, (ii) severance, sign-on, relocation and
executive search costs, (iii) facility reorganization, relocation and other costs, (iv) information technology infrastructure
transformation, (v) gains and losses on asset disposals, (vi) consultant and other advisor fees and (vii) other miscellaneous costs.
(b) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration
costs (including certain incentive and non-incentive cash compensation costs) and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair
value purchase accounting adjustments.
(c) Represents estimated environmental remediation costs and losses related to a former production facility.
(d) Represents third party expenses to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the accelerated adoption of the new
accounting standard (ASC 842 – Leases) in the first quarter of 2019, one year ahead of the required adoption dates for a private
company.
(e) Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020 of
$51.3 million, decreased by $0.5 million due to costs associated with employer taxes.
Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $19.2 million, increased by $1.5
million due to costs associated with employer taxes.
(f) Represents losses on extinguishment of portions of the U.S. Term Loan, the amendment of the revolving credit facility and losses
reclassified from AOCI into income related to the amendment of the interest rate swaps in conjunction with the debt repayment.
(g) Represents insurance recoveries of the Company’s shareholder litigation settlement in 2014.
(h)
Includes (i) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments, (ii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of
losses in pension and other postemployment (“OPEB”) expense, (iii) certain legal and compliance costs and (iv) other miscellaneous
adjustments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our investment resources include cash on hand, cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit
Facility. We also have the ability to seek additional secured and unsecured borrowings, subject to Credit Agreement restrictions.
For a description of our material indebtedness, see Note 10 “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
42
As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings, $101.9 million of outstanding letters of credit under the New
Revolving Credit Facility and unused availability of $998.1 million.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants and no event of default had occurred
or was ongoing.
Liquidity
A substantial portion of our liquidity needs arise from debt service requirements, and from the ongoing cost of operations,
working capital and capital expenditures.
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
Long-term debt
Total debt
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
1,750.9 $
505.5
40.4 $
7.6
3,859.1
1,603.8
3,899.5 $
1,611.4
$
$
$
We can increase the borrowing availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities by up to $1,600.0 million in the form of
additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and/or incremental term loans plus an additional amount so long as
we do not exceed a specified senior secured leverage ratio. We can incur additional secured indebtedness under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities if certain specified conditions are met under the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities. Our liquidity requirements are significant primarily due to debt service requirements. See Note 10 “Debt” to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further details.
Our principal sources of liquidity have been existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations and borrowings
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and, prior to its termination, the Receivables Financing Agreement. Our principal uses
of cash will be to provide working capital, meet debt service requirements, fund capital expenditures and finance strategic plans,
including possible acquisitions. We may also seek to finance capital expenditures under capital leases or other debt arrangements
that provide liquidity or favorable borrowing terms. We continue to consider acquisition opportunities, but the size and timing of
any future acquisitions and the related potential capital requirements cannot be predicted. In the event that suitable businesses are
available for acquisition upon acceptable terms, we may obtain all or a portion of the necessary financing through the incurrence
of additional long-term borrowings. We may from time to time, seek to repay loans that we have borrowed, including the
borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe
our cash flow from operations, together with availability under the Revolving Credit Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to
fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, debt service requirements and capital spending
requirements for the foreseeable future. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flows from operations or future
borrowings may not be available to us under our Revolving Credit Facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our
indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to do so depends on, among other factors, prevailing economic
conditions, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in
control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness,
including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any future acquisitions, joint
ventures, or other similar transactions may require additional capital and there can be no assurance that any such capital will be
available to us on acceptable terms or at all.
A substantial portion of our cash is in jurisdictions outside the United States. We do not assert ASC 740-30 (formerly APB 23)
indefinite reinvestment of our historical non-U.S. earnings or future non-U.S. earnings. The Company records a deferred foreign
tax liability to cover all estimated withholding, state income tax and foreign income tax associated with repatriating all non-U.S.
earnings back to the United States. Our deferred income tax liability as of December 31, 2020 is $32.5 million which consists
mainly of withholding taxes.
43
Working Capital
Net Working Capital
Current assets
Less: Current liabilities
Net working capital
Operating Working Capital
Accounts receivable and contract assets
Plus: Inventories (excluding LIFO)
Less: Accounts payable
Less: Contract liabilities
Operating working capital
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
3,862.1 $
1,498.6
2,363.5 $
1,543.9
574.6
969.3
1,027.1 $
934.8
671.1
172.8
1,118.0 $
488.1
489.5
322.9
51.7
603.0
$
$
$
$
Net working capital increased $1,394.2 million to $2,363.5 million as of December 31, 2020 from $969.3 million as of
December 31, 2019. Operating working capital increased $515.0 million to $1,118.0 million as of December 31, 2020 from
$603.0 million as of December 31, 2019. Operating working capital as of December 31, 2020 was 22.8% of 2020 revenues as
compared to 24.6% as of December 31, 2019 as a percentage of 2019 revenues. The increase in operating working capital was
primarily due to higher accounts receivable, higher inventories and higher contract assets, partially offset by higher accounts
payable and higher contract liabilities. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial, which accounts for $599.9 million of accounts receivable and $18.2 million of contract assets as of December 31,
2020. The increase in inventory was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial of which $447.4 million
is included in the December 31, 2020 balance. The increase in accounts payable was primarily due to the acquisition of Ingersoll
Rand Industrial of which $410.8 million is included in the December 31, 2020 balance and the timing of vendor cash
disbursements. The increase in contract liabilities was due to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial of which $113.9 million
is included in the December 31, 2020 balance.
Cash Flows
The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Cash flows - operating activities
Cash flows - investing activities
Cash flows - financing activities
Free cash flow (1)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
914.3 $
(37.9)
328.7
865.6
343.3
(54.3)
(11.5)
300.1
(1) See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities increased $571.0 million to $914.3 million in 2020 from $343.3 million in 2019, due to
higher net income adjusted for non-cash items and from cash generated from operating working capital.
Operating working capital generated cash of $263.3 million in 2020 compared to generating cash of $38.7 million in 2019.
Changes in account receivables generated cash of $100.3 million in 2020 compared to generating cash of $54.7 million in 2019.
Changes in contract assets used cash of $12.6 million in 2020 compared to using cash of $9.1 million in 2019. Changes in
inventory generated cash of $170.8 million in 2020 compared to generating cash of $18.7 million in 2019. Changes in accounts
payable used cash of $13.3 million in 2020 compared to using cash of $9.2 million in 2019. Changes in contract liabilities
generated cash of $18.1 million in 2020 compared to using cash of $16.4 million in 2019.
44
Investing activities
Cash flows used by investing activities included capital expenditures of $48.7 million (1.0% of consolidated revenues) and $43.2
million (1.8% of consolidated revenues) in 2020 and 2019, respectively. We expect capital expenditures will be in the range of
1.5% to 2.0% of consolidated revenues in 2021. Cash acquired (paid) in business combinations was $9.0 million in 2020 and
$(12.0) million in 2019. Net proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment were $1.8 million and $0.9 million in
2020 and 2019, respectively.
Financing activities
Cash provided by financing activities of $328.7 million in 2020 is primarily due to proceeds from long-term debt of $1,980.1
million, offset by repayments of long term debt of $1,619.1 million and payments of debt issuance costs of $47.8 million. Also
included are proceeds from stock option exercises of $22.7 million and a net usage of cash of $3.0 million related to the purchase
and sale of noncontrolling interests of our India subsidiary. See Note 12 “Stockholders' Equity and Noncontrolling Interests” to
our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further details.
Cash used in financing activities of $11.5 million in 2019 reflects repayments of long-term debt of $32.8 million, purchases of
treasury stock of $18.6 million, payments of $2.3 million for contingent consideration and payment of $0.5 million of debt
issuance costs, partially offset by proceeds from stock option exercises of $42.7 million.
Free cash flow
Free cash flow increased $565.5 million to $865.6 million in 2020 from $300.1 million in 2019 primarily due to increased cash
provided by operating activities, mainly driven by the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Off-Balance Sheet
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are materially likely to have a current or future material effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or
capital resources.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our future minimum payments as of December 31, 2020 for all contractual obligations for years
subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
Debt(1)
Estimated interest payments(2)
Finance leases
Operating leases
Purchase obligations(3)
Total
Total
2021
2022-2023
$ 3,933.1 $
586.1
17.2
159.2
394.4
$ 5,090.0 $
39.6 $
80.4
0.8
57.4
343.9
522.1 $
2024-2025 More than 5 years
3,735.0
130.0
12.4
12.1
0.2
3,889.7
79.2 $
206.1
2.2
23.5
3.7
314.7 $
79.3 $
169.6
1.8
66.2
46.6
363.5 $
(1) As of February 28, 2020, we entered into an additional $1,900.0 million term loan in connection with the acquisition of Ingersoll
Rand Industrial and as of June 29, 2020, we entered into a $400.0 million term loan. See Note 10 “Debt” to our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further details.
(2) Estimated interest payments for long-term debt were calculated as follows: for fixed-rate debt and term debt, interest was calculated
based on applicable rates and payment dates; for variable-rate debt and/or non-term debt, interest rates and payment dates were
estimated based on management’s determination of the most likely scenarios for each relevant debt instrument. The increase of
estimated interest payments since our previously disclosed contractual obligations on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2019 was due to the $1,900.0 million term loan and $400.0 million term loan as discussed above, partially offset by
lower interest rate.
(3) Purchase obligations consist primarily of agreements to purchase inventory or services made in the normal course of business to meet
operational requirements. The purchase obligation amounts do not represent the entire anticipated purchases in the future, but
represent only those items for which we are contractually obligated as of December 31, 2020. For this reason, these amounts will not
provide a complete and reliable indicator of our expected future cash outflows. The increase in purchase obligations since our
45
previously disclosed contractual obligations on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 was due to the acquisition of
Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Total pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities recognized on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020
were $287.0 million. The total pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheet
line items “Accrued liabilities” and “Pensions and other postretirement benefits.” Because these liabilities are impacted by,
among other items, plan funding levels, changes in plan demographics and assumptions and investment return on plan assets,
these liabilities do not represent expected liquidity needs. Accordingly, we did not include these liabilities in the “Contractual
Obligations” table above.
We fund our U.S. qualified pension plans in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 regulations
for the minimum annual required contribution and Internal Revenue Service regulations for the maximum annual allowable tax
deduction. We are committed to making the required minimum contributions and expect to contribute a total of approximately
$0.1 million to our U.S. qualified pension plans during 2021. Furthermore, we expect to contribute a total of approximately $3.3
million to our postretirement life insurance benefit plans during 2021. Future contributions are dependent upon various factors
including the performance of the plan assets, benefit payment experience and changes, if any, to current funding requirements.
Therefore, no amounts were included in the “Contractual Obligations” table related to expected plan contributions. We generally
expect to fund all future contributions to our plans with cash flows from operating activities.
Our non-U.S. pension plans are funded in accordance with local laws and income tax regulations. We expect to contribute a total
of approximately $8.2 million to our non-U.S. qualified pension plans during 2021. No amounts have been included in the
“Contractual Obligations” table related to these plans due to the same reasons indicated above.
Disclosure of amounts in the “Contractual Obligations” table regarding expected benefit payments in future years for our pension
plans and other postretirement benefit plans cannot be properly reflected due to the ongoing nature of the obligations of these
plans. We currently anticipate the annual benefit payments for the U.S. plans to be in the range of approximately $29.7 million to
$42.1 million for the next several years, and the annual benefit payments for the non-U.S. plans to be in the range of
approximately $13.1 million to $16.8 million for the next several years.
Contingencies
We are a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine nature for a
company of our size and in our sector. We believe that such proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions will not materially
adversely affect our operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. We have accrued liabilities and other
liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet, including a total litigation reserve of $131.4 million as of December 31, 2020 with
respect to potential liability arising from our asbestos-related litigation. Other than our asbestos-related litigation reserves, we
only have de minimis accrued liabilities and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet with respect to other legal
proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions. A more detailed discussion of certain of these proceedings, lawsuits and
administrative actions is set forth in “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”
Critical Accounting Policies
Accounting policies discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our
financial statements because they involve significant judgments and uncertainties. Certain of these policies include estimates and
assumptions. These estimates reflect our best judgment about current, and for some estimates, future economic and market
conditions and their effect based on information available as of the date of these financial statements. If these conditions change
from those expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described below could change, which may result
in future impairments of goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, increases in reserves for contingencies, establishment of
valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and increase in tax liabilities, among other effects. Also see Note 1 “Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, which
discusses the significant accounting policies that we have selected from acceptable alternatives.
Business Combinations
We apply the acquisition method of accounting with respect to the identifiable assets and liabilities of a business combination
and record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the
cost of the acquired business and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. Estimates
of fair value represent management’s best estimate of assumptions and about future events and uncertainties, including
46
significant judgments related to future cash flows, discount rates, competitive trends, margin and revenue growth assumptions
including royalty rates and customer attrition rates, market comparables and others. Inputs used are generally obtained from
historical data supplemented by current and anticipated market conditions and growth rates.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of identifiable intangible assets and in assigning their respective
useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed
reasonable by management, but which are inherently uncertain. See Note 3 “Business Combinations” to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further information regarding the fair value determination of each
of the classes of identifiable intangible assets. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment. Certain
intangibles are expected to have indefinite lives while certain other identifiable intangible assets have determinable lives. The
useful lives of identifiable intangibles with determinable useful lives is based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to,
the competitive environment, product cycles, order life cycles, historical customer attrition rates, market share, operating plans
and the macroeconomic environment. The costs of determinable-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over the
estimated useful life.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Identified Intangible Assets
We test goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year and whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Upon adoption of ASU 2019-04, the
impairment test consists of comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. An
impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; provided,
the loss recognized cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If applicable, we consider income
tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill
impairment loss. We determined fair values for all of the reporting units using a combination of the income and market multiples
approaches which are weighted 75% and 25%, respectively.
Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an
appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term
future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each business. Actual results may differ from
those assumed in our forecasts. We derive our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for
industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. We use discount rates that are commensurate
with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. Discount rates used
in our 2020 reporting unit valuations ranged from 8.5% to 9.5%. Additionally, we assumed 3.0% terminal growth rates for all
reporting units, except a single reporting unit in which we determined it most appropriate to assume an 2.0% terminal growth
rate due to it being closely aligned to the GDP percentage growth rate.
Under the market multiples approach, fair value is determined based on multiples derived from the stock prices of publicly
traded guideline companies to develop a business enterprise value (“BEV”) for our reporting units. The application of the market
multiples method entails the development of book value multiples based on the market value of the guideline companies. The
multiples are developed by first calculating the market value of equity of the guideline companies and then adjusting these
multiples for cash and debt to arrive at a BEV multiple. Identifying appropriate guideline companies and computing appropriate
market multiples is subjective. We considered various public companies that had reasonably similar qualitative factors as our
reporting units while also considering quantitative factors such as revenue growth, profitability and total assets.
The excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) for two of our reporting
units were between 4% and 6%, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial relative to our annual
impairment test. For all other reporting units, this excess was a minimum of 25%. With each reporting unit’s fair value in excess
of its carrying value, no goodwill impairment was recorded.
We annually test intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation referred to as
the relief from royalty method. We estimated forecasted revenues for a period of five years with discount rates ranging from
9.0% to 10.0%, terminal growth rates of 2.0 % to 3.0%, and royalty rates ranging from 1.0% to 4.0%. As a result of this test, the
Company recognized an impairment in 2020 of $19.9 million to reduce the carrying value of two tradenames in the Industrial
Technologies and Services segment.
We review identified intangible assets with defined useful lives and subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether an impairment
47
loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset.
Also see Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Form 10-K.
Income Taxes
Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various
jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective
governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining our tax expense and in evaluating our tax
positions, including evaluating uncertainties. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balances as new information
becomes available.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law and the new legislation contains several key tax provisions that
affected the Company, including a one-time mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and a reduction of the
corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018, among others. The Company was required to recognize the effect of
the Tax Act in the period of enactment. This included the determination of the transition tax, remeasurement of the Company’s
U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as the reassessment of the net realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets
and liabilities. In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications
of the Tax Cuts and Job Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement
period not to extend more than one year subsequent to the enactment date. As a result, the Company previously provided a
provisional estimate of the effect of the Tax Act in its financial statements for 2017 and through the first nine months of 2018. In
the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company completed its accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax effects of the Tax Act
and increased the total benefit taken in 2017 of $95.3 million to $96.5 million. Due to the Tax Act, the total U.S. deferred
changed from a tax benefit of $89.6 million in 2017 to $74.5 million in 2018, with a 2018 measurement-period adjustment of
$15.1 million. The ASC 740-30 (formally APB 23) liability reduction, relating to the permanently reinvested earnings in foreign
subsidiaries assertion, changed from a tax benefit of $69.0 million in 2017 to $72.5 million in 2018, with a 2018 measurement-
period adjustment of $3.5 million due to the policy change that occurred in 2018. The provisional one-time transition tax of
$63.3 million in 2017 decreased to $50.5 million in 2018, with a 2018 measurement-period adjustment of $12.8 million. The
total $1.2 million benefit had a (0.3)% impact to the overall rate in 2018.
The Tax Act creates a new requirement that certain income (i.e., Global intangible low taxed income (“GILTI”)) earned by
controlled foreign corporations (“CFC”) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. GILTI is
the excess of the shareholder’s “net CFC tested income” over the net deemed tangible income return, which is currently defined
as the excess of (1) 10% of the aggregate of the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset investment of
each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the amount of certain interest expense taken into account in the
determination of net CFC-tested income.
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S.
inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2)
factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company has
determined that it will follow the period cost method (option 1 above) going forward. The tax provision for the year ended
December 31, 2020 reflects this decision. All of the additional calculations and rule changes found in the Tax Act have been
considered in the tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company recorded a tax expense of $5.3 million in
2020 for the GILTI provisions of the Tax Act that were effective for the first time during 2018.
Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. Such
assets arise because of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as
from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits by
assessing the adequacy of future expected taxable income from all sources, including reversal of taxable temporary differences,
forecasted operating earnings and available tax planning strategies. These sources of income rely heavily on estimates. To the
extent we do not consider it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is established.
Amounts recorded for deferred tax assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, net of valuation allowances, were $40.7 million
and $12.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, with the increase related to the Ingersoll Rand Industrial
acquisition.
48
Loss Contingencies
Loss contingencies are uncertain and unresolved matters that arise in the ordinary course of business and result from events or
actions by others that have the potential to result in a future loss. Such contingencies include, but are not limited to, asbestos and
silica related litigation, environmental obligations, litigation, regulatory proceedings, product quality and losses resulting from
other events and developments.
When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for the
ultimate loss. When there appears to be a range of possible costs with equal likelihood, liabilities are based on the low-end of
such range. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and determining
a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and the potential
effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. In particular,
as it relates to estimating asbestos and silica contingencies, there are a number of key variables and assumptions including the
number and type of new claims to be filed each year, the resolution or outcome of these claims, the average cost of resolution of
each new claim, the amount of insurance available, allocation methodologies, the contractual terms with each insurer with whom
we have reached settlements, the resolution of coverage issues with other excess insurance carriers with whom we have not yet
achieved settlements and the solvency risk with respect to our insurance carriers. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters
to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant developments and new information must be continuously evaluated
to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When
a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure is provided.
Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible that the
amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision. We regularly review all contingencies to determine whether the likelihood
of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of loss can be made. As discussed above,
development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on
negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such
factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 “New Accounting Standards” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K
for a discussion of recent accounting standards.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk as a result of our variable-rate borrowings. We manage our exposure to interest rate risk by
maintaining a mixture of fixed and variable debt, and from time to time, use pay-fixed interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of
our variable rate debt in order to adjust the relative fixed and variable portions.
As of December 31, 2020, we had variable rate debt outstanding of $3,933.1 million at a current weighted average interest rate of
approximately 2.0%, substantially all of which was incurred under our Senior Secured Credit Facility, under which an aggregate
of $3,204.4 million was outstanding under the $1,900.0 million Dollar Term Loan B, $927.6 million Dollar Term Loan and
$400.0 million Dollar Term Loan Series A, as well as €596.7 million outstanding under the €601.2 million Euro Term Loan
Facility.
The Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility bear interest primarily based on LIBOR and EURIBOR,
respectively, plus a spread. The Dollar Term Loan Facility is subject to a 0% LIBOR base rate floor and the Euro Term Loan
Facility is subject to a 0% EURIBOR base rate floor. Thus, the interest rate on the Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term
Loan Facility will fluctuate when LIBOR or EURIBOR, respectively, exceeds that percentage. As of December 31, 2020,
LIBOR was higher than the 0% floor and EURIBOR was lower than the 0% floor.
We use interest rate swaps from time to time to offset our exposure to interest rate movements. These outstanding interest rate
swaps qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted LIBOR-based interest payments. As of December 31, 2020,
we had no fixed-floating interest rate swaps. See Note 18 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk” to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
49
The following table presents the impact of hypothetical changes in market interest rates across the yield curve by 100 basis
points, including the effect of our interest rate swaps for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 on our interest expense.
Increase (decrease) in market interest rates
100 basis points
(100) basis points(1) (2)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
35.1 $
(4.7)
4.7
(1.0)
(1) A decrease in interest rates would not have impacted our interest expense in 2020 on EURIBOR debt which was lower than the 0%
base rate floor under the Senior Secured Credit Facility for the entire fiscal year 2020, but would have impacted interest expense in
2020 on LIBOR debt which was higher than the 0% based rate floors under the Senior Secured Credit Facility for the year ended
December 31, 2020.
(2) A decrease in interest rates would not have impacted our interest expense in 2019 on EURIBOR debt which was lower than the 0%
base rate floor under the Senior Secured Credit Facility for the entire fiscal year 2019, but would have impacted interest expense in
2019 on LIBOR debt which was higher than the 0% based rate floors under the Senior Secured Credit Facility for the year ended
December 31, 2019.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from our global business operations. Changes in foreign currency exchange
rates affect the translation of local currency balances of foreign subsidiaries, transaction gains and losses associated with
intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in currencies other than a subsidiary’s functional
currency. In 2020, the relative strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies had an unfavorable impact on our
revenues and results of operations while in 2019, the relative weakening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies had a
favorable impact on our revenues and results of operations. While future changes in foreign currency exchange rates are difficult
to predict, our revenues and earnings may be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies.
We seek to minimize our exposure to foreign currency risks through a combination of normal operating activities, including by
conducting our international business operations primarily in their functional currencies to match expenses with revenues and the
use of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and net investment hedges. In addition, to mitigate the risk arising from
entering into transactions in currencies other than our functional currencies, we typically settle intercompany trading balances at
least quarterly.
The table below presents the percentage of revenues and gross profit by functional currency for the years ended December 31,
2020 and 2019.
U.S. Dollar
Euro
British Pound Chinese Renminbi
Other
Years Ended December 31, 2020
Revenues
Gross profit
Years Ended December 31, 2019
Revenues
Gross profit
51 %
47 %
44 %
42 %
24 %
27 %
31 %
35 %
3 %
3 %
5 %
6 %
12 %
15 %
6 %
7 %
10 %
8 %
14 %
10 %
We utilize foreign currency denominated debt obligations supplemented from time to time with cross currency interest rate
swaps designated as net investment hedges to selectively hedge portions of our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The
currency effects of the designated debt obligations and cross currency interest rate swaps are reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive income within our stockholders’ equity, where they partially offset the currency translation effects of our
investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, which in turn partially offset gains and losses recorded on our net investments globally.
These currency translation effects and offsetting impacts of our derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are
summarized in Note 13 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)” to our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
We also enter into foreign currency forward contracts to manage the risk arising from transaction gains and losses associated
with intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries. Our foreign currency forward contracts are typically short-term and are rolled
50
forward as necessary upon settlement. As of December 31, 2020, we were party to ten foreign currency forward contracts, all of
which are carried on our balance sheet at fair value. See Note 18 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk” to
our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The table below presents, for the year ended December 31, 2020, the hypothetical effect of a 10% appreciation in the average
exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to the principal foreign currencies in which our revenues and gross profit are
denominated.
Revenues
Gross profit
Year Ended December 31, 2020
British Pound
Chinese Renminbi
Euro
$
(116.3) $
(43.1)
(16.2) $
(5.7)
(59.4)
(23.9)
51
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Revenues
Cost of sales
Gross Profit
Selling and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of other intangible assets
Other operating expense, net
Operating Income
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net Income (Loss)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Basic income (loss) per share
Diluted income (loss) per share
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$
4,910.2 $
2,451.9 $
2,689.8
3,296.8
1,613.4
894.8
395.8
19.9
217.2
85.7
111.1
2.0
(8.0)
(19.4)
13.0
(32.4)
0.9
1,540.2
911.7
436.4
124.3
—
75.7
275.3
88.9
0.2
(4.7)
190.9
31.8
159.1
—
1,677.3
1,012.5
434.6
125.8
—
9.1
443.0
99.6
1.1
(7.2)
349.5
80.1
269.4
—
$
$
$
(33.3) $
159.1 $
269.4
(0.09) $
(0.09) $
0.78 $
0.76 $
1.34
1.29
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Comprehensive Income Attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Net income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
$
(33.3) $
159.1 $
269.4
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
Unrecognized gains on cash flow hedges, net
Pension and other postretirement prior service cost and gain or loss, net
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Comprehensive income attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Total Comprehensive Income
268.2
10.9
(8.9)
270.2
(1.5)
7.2
(6.5)
(0.8)
236.9 $
158.3 $
0.9 $
— $
(1.4)
(1.4)
—
—
(0.5) $
— $
(61.0)
18.1
(4.6)
(47.5)
221.9
—
—
—
—
236.4 $
158.3 $
221.9
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
53
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $67.6 and $18.4,
respectively
Inventories
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $373.3 and
$298.4, respectively
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, less current maturities
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 420,123,978
and 206,767,529 shares issued as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Capital in excess of par value
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Treasury stock at cost; 1,496,169 and 1,701,785 shares as of December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively
Total Ingersoll Rand Inc. stockholders' equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity
$
1,750.9 $
966.6
943.6
201.0
3,862.1
797.3
6,303.6
4,732.6
16.1
346.9
$
$
16,058.6 $
40.4 $
671.1
787.1
1,498.6
3,859.1
275.0
875.7
360.7
6,869.1
4.2
9,310.3
(175.7)
14.2
(33.3)
9,119.7
69.8
9,189.5
$
16,058.6 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
505.5
459.1
502.5
76.8
1,543.9
326.6
1,287.7
1,255.0
3.0
212.2
4,628.4
7.6
322.9
244.1
574.6
1,603.8
99.7
251.0
229.4
2,758.5
2.1
2,302.0
(141.4)
(256.0)
(36.8)
1,869.9
—
1,869.9
4,628.4
54
l
a
t
o
T
y
t
i
u
q
E
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
N
'
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I
y
t
i
u
q
E
k
c
o
t
S
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
)
s
s
o
L
(
e
m
o
c
n
I
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
l
l
o
s
r
e
g
n
I
l
a
t
o
T
.
c
n
I
d
n
a
R
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
n
i
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
f
o
s
s
e
c
x
E
e
u
l
a
V
r
a
P
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C
r
a
P
s
e
r
a
h
S
d
e
u
s
s
I
S
E
I
R
A
I
D
I
S
B
U
S
D
N
A
.
C
N
I
D
N
A
R
L
L
O
S
R
E
G
N
I
Y
T
I
U
Q
E
’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
K
C
O
T
S
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
)
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
n
i
(
8
.
6
7
4
,
1
$
8
.
6
4
.
9
6
2
)
5
.
1
1
(
)
2
.
9
2
(
3
.
0
9
.
0
1
—
)
5
.
7
4
(
0
.
6
7
6
,
1
$
1
.
9
5
1
6
.
4
3
)
6
.
8
1
(
4
.
8
2
.
1
1
)
8
.
0
(
—
)
4
.
2
3
(
3
.
0
1
0
,
7
9
.
9
6
8
,
1
$
)
0
.
1
(
1
.
0
2
)
1
.
2
(
4
.
2
5
.
7
5
8
.
8
6
2
)
0
.
1
(
)
9
.
4
1
(
9
.
1
1
5
.
9
8
1
,
9
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9
.
0
3
.
3
7
—
—
—
—
—
)
4
.
1
(
—
)
9
.
4
1
(
9
.
1
1
8
.
9
6
$
8
.
6
7
4
,
1
$
)
0
.
3
2
(
$
)
8
.
9
9
1
(
$
)
8
.
7
7
5
(
$
4
.
5
7
2
,
2
$
0
.
2
$
4
.
8
9
1
8
.
6
4
.
9
6
2
)
5
.
1
1
(
)
2
.
9
2
(
3
.
0
9
.
0
1
—
)
5
.
7
4
(
—
—
)
5
.
1
1
(
)
2
.
9
2
(
7
.
0
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
5
.
7
4
(
3
.
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
3
.
0
(
4
.
9
6
2
—
8
.
6
—
—
)
4
.
0
1
(
9
.
0
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
.
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
0
.
6
7
6
,
1
$
)
0
.
3
5
(
$
)
0
.
7
4
2
(
$
)
7
.
8
0
3
(
$
7
.
2
8
2
,
2
$
0
.
2
$
1
.
1
0
2
1
.
9
5
1
6
.
4
3
)
6
.
8
1
(
4
.
8
2
.
1
1
)
8
.
0
(
—
—
—
)
6
.
8
1
(
8
.
4
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
8
.
0
(
)
2
.
8
(
—
—
—
—
—
2
.
8
1
.
9
5
1
—
5
.
4
3
—
)
4
.
6
2
(
2
.
1
1
—
—
—
1
.
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
.
5
—
—
—
—
—
$
9
.
9
6
8
,
1
$
)
8
.
6
3
(
$
)
0
.
6
5
2
(
$
)
4
.
1
4
1
(
$
0
.
2
0
3
,
2
$
1
.
2
$
8
.
6
0
2
)
3
.
3
3
(
0
.
7
3
9
,
6
)
0
.
1
(
1
.
0
2
)
1
.
2
(
4
.
2
5
.
7
5
)
0
.
1
(
2
.
0
7
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
1
.
2
(
6
.
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
.
0
7
2
)
3
.
3
3
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
0
.
1
(
—
—
)
0
.
1
(
1
.
0
2
—
)
2
.
3
(
5
.
7
5
—
—
—
—
—
9
.
4
3
9
,
6
—
1
.
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
.
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
.
1
1
2
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
7
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
)
2
1
-
7
1
0
2
U
S
A
(
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
w
e
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
8
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
P
m
a
r
g
o
r
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
e
r
a
h
S
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
P
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
55
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
)
3
e
t
o
N
(
l
a
i
r
t
s
u
d
n
I
d
n
a
R
l
l
o
s
r
e
g
n
I
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A
)
3
e
t
o
N
(
s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s
y
t
i
u
q
e
g
n
i
u
s
s
i
f
o
s
t
s
o
C
s
n
a
l
p
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
s
r
o
f
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t
f
o
s
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
P
)
2
1
e
t
o
N
(
r
e
f
f
o
n
e
p
o
n
i
d
e
r
e
d
n
e
t
s
e
r
a
h
s
r
o
f
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
A
)
2
1
e
t
o
N
(
e
l
a
s
r
o
f
r
e
f
f
o
n
i
d
l
o
s
s
e
r
a
h
s
r
o
f
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
A
)
3
1
-
6
1
0
2
U
S
A
(
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
w
e
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
)
s
s
o
l
(
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
)
2
0
-
8
1
0
2
U
S
A
(
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
w
e
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
9
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
)
s
s
o
l
(
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
$
7
.
9
1
1
,
9
$
)
3
.
3
3
(
$
2
.
4
1
$
)
7
.
5
7
1
(
$
3
.
0
1
3
,
9
$
2
.
4
$
1
.
0
2
4
0
2
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
$
(32.4) $
159.1 $
269.4
Amortization of intangible assets
Depreciation
Impairment of other intangible assets
Non-cash restructuring charges
Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
Non-cash adjustments to carrying value of LIFO inventories
Deferred income taxes
Other non-cash adjustments
Changes in assets and liabilities
Receivables
Inventories
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Other assets and liabilities, net
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
Net cash acquired (paid) in business combinations
Disposals of property, plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
395.8
105.1
19.9
9.2
51.3
20.9
50.1
(104.4)
14.7
100.3
170.8
(13.3)
137.2
(10.9)
914.3
(48.7)
9.0
1.8
(37.9)
124.3
53.8
—
3.3
19.2
8.1
0.2
(21.3)
1.0
54.7
18.7
(9.2)
(26.1)
(42.5)
343.3
(43.2)
(12.0)
0.9
(54.3)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Principal payments on long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Purchases of treasury stock
Proceeds from stock option exercises
Payments of contingent consideration
Payments of debt issuance costs
Payments of costs incurred to issue shares for Ingersoll Rand Industrial acquisition
Purchase of shares from noncontrolling interests
Proceeds from sale of noncontrolling interests
Other financing
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
(1,619.1)
1,980.1
(2.1)
22.7
(1.1)
(47.8)
(1.0)
(14.9)
11.9
—
328.7
40.3
1,245.4
505.5
$ 1,750.9 $
(32.8)
—
(18.6)
42.7
(2.3)
(0.5)
—
—
—
—
(11.5)
6.8
284.3
221.2
505.5 $
125.8
54.6
—
—
2.8
(1.9)
0.2
4.0
0.0
13.2
(13.0)
69.6
(38.9)
(41.3)
444.5
(52.2)
(186.3)
3.5
(235.0)
(337.6)
—
(40.7)
6.8
(1.4)
—
—
—
—
(0.1)
(373.0)
(8.6)
(172.1)
393.3
221.2
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest
Debt issuance costs in accounts payable
Debt issuance costs in accrued liabilities
Capital expenditures in accounts payable
$
106.3 $
98.7
—
—
4.0
61.6 $
85.6
0.3
5.6
4.8
103.1
98.5
—
—
10.0
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
56
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
Note 1:
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Overview and Basis of Presentation
On February 29, 2020, Ingersoll Rand Inc. (formerly known as Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.) completed the acquisition of the
Ingersoll Rand Industrial business (“Ingersoll Rand Industrial”) by way of merger and changed its name from Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc. to Ingersoll Rand Inc. The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020
include the financial results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial from the date of acquisition.
Ingersoll Rand Inc. is a global market leader with a broad range of innovative and mission-critical air, fluid, energy, specialty
vehicle and medical technologies, providing services and solutions to increase industrial productivity and efficiency. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ingersoll Rand Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries
(collectively referred to herein as “Ingersoll Rand” or the “Company”).
The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of future results. The COVID-19
pandemic continues to have a significant adverse impact on many areas of the global economy. The Company’s operating
results will be subject to fluctuations based on general economic conditions, and the extent to which COVID-19 may ultimately
impact its business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence,
such as the ultimate extent of the spread of the disease and the duration of the outbreak and business closures or business
disruptions for the Company, suppliers and customers.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company regularly evaluates
the estimates and assumptions related to the allowance for credit losses, inventory valuation, warranty reserves, fair value of
stock-based awards, goodwill, intangible asset, and long-lived asset valuations, employee benefit plan liabilities, over time
revenue recognition, income tax liabilities and deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions,
restructuring reserves, and litigation and other loss contingencies. Actual results could differ materially and adversely from
those estimates and assumptions, and such results could affect the Company’s consolidated net income, financial position, or
cash flows.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar (“USD”), are
translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates
prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations into USD
are excluded from the determination of net income (loss), and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a
separate component of stockholders’ equity, and included as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Assets and
liabilities of subsidiaries that are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries’ functional currency are remeasured into
the functional currency using end of period exchange rates, or historical rates for certain balances, where applicable. Gains and
losses related to these remeasurements are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of “Other
operating expense, net.”
Revenue Recognition
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASU 2014-09, Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”). The Company adopted the guidance using a modified retrospective
57
approach. Results for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were recorded under ASC 606 in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. See Note 14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” for more discussion of the adoption of ASC
606 and the related significant accounting policies.
Leases
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”) utilizing the optional
transition method. The guidance required the Company to recognize right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance
sheet for those leases classified as operating leases. The Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 reflect
the adoption of ASC 842. See Note 16 “Leases” for further discussion of the Company’s operating and financing leases.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales includes the costs the Company incurs, including purchased materials, labor and overhead related to manufactured
products and aftermarket parts sold during a period. Depreciation related to manufacturing equipment and facilities is included
in cost of sales. Purchased materials represent the majority of costs of sales, with steel, aluminum, copper and partially finished
castings representing the most significant materials inputs. Cost of sales for services includes the direct costs the Company
incurs including direct labor, parts and other overhead costs including depreciation of equipment and facilities to deliver repair,
maintenance, and other field services to the Company’s customers.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses consist of (i) employee related salary, stock-based compensation expense, benefits and
other expenses for selling, administrative functions and other activities not associated with the manufacture of products or
delivery of services to customers; (ii) the costs of marketing and direct costs of selling products and services to customers
including internal and external sales commissions; (iii) facilities costs including office rent, maintenance, depreciation, and
insurance for selling and administrative activities; (iv) research and development expenditures; (v) professional and consultant
fees; (vi) expenses related to the Company’s public stock offerings and to establish public company reporting compliance; and
(vii) other miscellaneous expenses.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments primarily consisting of demand deposits and have original maturities of
three months or less. Accordingly, the carrying amount of such instruments is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. As
of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash of $3.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively, was pledged to financial institutions as
collateral to support the issuance of standby letters of credit and similar instruments on behalf of the Company.
Accounts Receivable
Trade accounts receivable consist of amounts owed for products shipped to or services performed for customers. Reviews of
customers’ creditworthiness are performed prior to order acceptance or order shipment.
Trade accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is based
on the Company's assessment of losses that will result from its customers' inability or unwillingness to pay amounts owed to the
Company. The allowance is determined using a combination of factors, including historical credit loss experience and the
length of time that the trade receivables are past due, supplemented by the Company’s knowledge of customer-specific
information, current market conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions.
Inventories
Inventories, which consist primarily of raw materials and finished goods, are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value.
Fixed manufacturing overhead is allocated to the cost of inventory based on the normal capacity of production facilities.
Unallocated overhead during periods of abnormally low production levels is recognized as cost of sales in the period in which it
is incurred.
58
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment includes the historical cost of land, buildings, equipment, and significant improvements to
existing plant and equipment or in the case of acquisitions, a fair market value of assets at the time of acquisition. Repair and
maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of an asset are recorded as an expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are generally as follows: buildings — 10 to 30
years, machinery and equipment — 7 to 10 years, and office furniture and equipment — 3 to 10 years.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of
the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests, if any. Intangible assets,
including goodwill, are assigned to the Company’s reporting units based upon their fair value at the time of acquisition.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles such as tradenames are not subject to amortization but are assessed for impairment
annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired or that there is a
probable reduction in the fair value of a reporting unit below its aggregate carrying value.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year
and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The impairment test
consists of comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the reporting unit. An impairment charge is
recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; provided, the loss recognized
cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If applicable, the Company considers income tax
effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment
loss. The Company determined fair values for each of the reporting units using a combination of the income and market
multiple approaches which are weighted 75% and 25%, respectively.
Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an
appropriate risk-adjusted rate. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of
long-term future growth rates based on its most recent views of the long-term outlook for each reporting unit. Actual results
may differ from those assumed in the Company’s forecasts. The Company derives its discount rates using a capital asset pricing
model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to its reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. The
Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in
its internally developed forecasts. Under the market approach, the Company applies performance multiples from comparable
public companies, adjusted for relative risk, profitability, and growth considerations, to the reporting units to estimate fair
value.
The Company tests intangible assets with indefinite lives annually for impairment using a relief from royalty discounted cash
flow fair value model. The quantitative impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets involves a comparison of the
estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair
value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The relief from royalty method requires the
Company to estimate forecasted revenues and determine appropriate discount rates, royalty rates, and terminal growth rates.
See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for additional information related to impairment testing for goodwill and
other intangible assets.
Long-Lived Assets Including Intangible Assets With Finite Useful Lives
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which vary
depending on the type of intangible assets. In determining the estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangibles, we consider
the nature, competitive position, life cycle position and historical and expected future operating cash flows of each acquired
assets, as well as our commitment to support these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including identified intangible assets with finite useful lives and subject to
amortization for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not
be recoverable. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Such events and circumstances include the occurrence of an
adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related long-lived assets or a situation in which it is more
likely than not that the Company will dispose of such assets. If the comparison indicates that there is impairment, the
59
impairment loss to be recognized as a non-cash charge to earnings is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of
the assets exceeds their fair value and the impaired assets are written down to their fair value or, if fair value is not readily
determinable, to an estimated fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows. Assets to be disposed are reported at
the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to dispose.
Warranty Reserves
Most of the Company’s product sales are covered by warranty provisions that generally provide for the repair or replacement of
qualifying defective items for a specified period after the time of sale, typically 12 months. The Company establishes reserves
for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized based upon historical warranty experience and
additionally for any known product warranty issues. The Company’s warranty obligation has been and may in the future be
affected by product failure rates, repair or field replacement costs, and additional costs incurred in correcting any product
failure.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is measured for all stock-based equity awards made to employees and non-employee directors based
on the estimated fair value as of the grant date. The determination of the fair values of stock-based awards at the grant date
requires judgment, including estimating the expected term of the relevant stock-based payment awards and the expected
volatility of the Company’s stock. The fair value of each stock option grant under the stock-based compensation plans is
estimated on the date of grant or modification using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The expected stock
volatility assumption was based on an average of the historical volatility over the expected term of the stock options. Forfeitures
of stock options are accounted for as they occur. Restricted stock units are valued at the share price on the date of grant.
See Note 17 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” for additional information regarding the Company’s equity compensation
plans.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company sponsors a number of pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans worldwide. The calculation of the
pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost under these plans requires the use of actuarial
valuation methods and assumptions. These assumptions include the discount rates used to value the projected benefit
obligations, future rate of compensation increases, expected rates of return on plan assets and expected healthcare cost trend
rates. The discount rates selected to measure the present value of the Company’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2020
and 2019 were derived by examining the rates of high-quality, fixed income securities whose cash flows or duration match the
timing and amount of expected benefit payments under the plans. In accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from the
Company’s assumptions are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized through net periodic
benefit cost over future periods. While management believes that the assumptions are appropriate, differences in actual
experience or changes in assumptions may affect the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and
future net periodic benefit cost.
See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for disclosures related to the Company’s benefit plans, including quantitative disclosures reflecting
the impact that changes in certain assumptions would have on service and interest costs and benefit obligations.
Income Taxes
The Company has determined income tax expense and other deferred income tax information based on the asset and liability
method. Deferred income taxes are provided on temporary differences between assets and liabilities for financial and tax
reporting purposes as measured by enacted tax rates expected to apply when temporary differences are settled or realized. A
valuation allowance is established for the portion of deferred tax assets for which it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit
will be realized.
Tax benefits are recognized only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax
authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized
upon ultimate settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits claimed in the Company’s tax returns that do not meet
these recognition and measurement standards. The Company believes that its income tax liabilities, including related interest,
are adequate in relation to the potential for additional tax assessments. There is a risk, however, that the amounts ultimately paid
upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in income tax expense and,
60
therefore, could have a material impact on the Company’s tax provision, net income, and cash flows. The Company reviews its
liabilities quarterly, and may adjust such liabilities due to proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and
circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, negotiations between tax authorities of different countries
concerning transfer prices, the resolution of audits, or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Adjustments are most likely to
occur in the year during which major audits are closed.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law and the new legislation contains several key tax provisions that
affected the Company, including a one-time mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and a reduction of the
corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018, among others. The Company was required to recognize the effect
of the Tax Act in the period of enactment. This included the determination of the transition tax, remeasurement of the
Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as the reassessment of the net realizability of the Company’s deferred
tax assets and liabilities. In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting
Implications of the Tax Cuts and Job Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed the Company to record provisional amounts during a
measurement period not to extend more than one year subsequent to the enactment date. As a result, the Company previously
provided a provisional estimate of the effect of the Tax Act in its financial statements for 2017 and through the first nine
months of 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company completed its accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax
effects of the Tax Act and increased the total benefit taken in 2017 of $95.3 million to $96.5 million. Due to the Tax Act, the
total U.S. deferred changed from a tax benefit of $89.6 million in 2017 to $74.5 million in 2018, with a 2018 measurement-
period adjustment of $15.1 million. The ASC 740-30 (formally APB 23) liability reduction, relating to the permanently
reinvested earnings in foreign subsidiaries assertion, changed from a tax benefit of $69.0 million in 2017 to $72.5 million in
2018, with a 2018 measurement-period adjustment of $3.5 million due to the policy change that occurred in 2018. The
provisional one-time transition tax of $63.3 million in 2017 decreased to $50.5 million in 2018, with a 2018 measurement-
period adjustment of $12.8 million. The total $1.2 million benefit had a (0.3)% impact to the overall rate in 2018.
The Tax Act creates a new requirement that certain income (i.e., Global intangible low taxed income (“GILTI”)) earned by
controlled foreign corporations (“CFC”) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. GILTI
is the excess of the shareholder’s “net CFC tested income” over the net deemed tangible income return, which is currently
defined as the excess of (1) 10% of the aggregate of the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset
investment of each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the amount of certain interest expense taken into
account in the determination of net CFC-tested income.
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S.
inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2)
factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company has
determined that it will follow the period cost method (option 1 above) going forward. The tax provision for the year ended
December 31, 2020 reflects this decision. All of the additional calculations and rule changes found in the Tax Act have been
considered in the tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company recorded a tax expense of $5.3 million in
2020 for the GILTI provisions of the Tax Act that were effective for the first time during 2018.
Research and Development
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company spent approximately $71 million, $25 million, and $24
million, respectively, on research activities relating to the development of new products and new product applications. All such
expenditures were funded by the Company, expensed as incurred and recorded to “Selling and administrative expenses” in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Derivative Financial Instruments
All derivative financial instruments are reported on the balance sheet at fair value. For derivative instruments that are not
designated as hedges, any gain or loss on the derivatives is recognized in earnings in the current period. A derivative instrument
may be designated as a hedge of the exposure to: (1) changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment, or (2)
variability in expected future cash flows, if the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in
fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period of designation or as a hedge of a net investment in a
foreign operation. If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting loss or
gain on the hedged asset, liability, or firm commitment are recognized in earnings. For derivative instruments designated as a
cash flow hedge or an eligible net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative
instrument is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the same
period that the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is immediately recognized in
61
earnings. Gains or losses on derivative instruments recognized in earnings are reported in the same line item as the associated
hedged transaction in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) it is determined that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting
changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (2) the derivative is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the hedged item
no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (4) it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur within two
months of the originally specified time period.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value
hedge, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and the changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability is recorded to the Consolidated Statements of Operations. When cash flow hedge accounting is
discontinued because the derivative is sold, terminated, or exercised, the net gain or loss remains in accumulated other
comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same period that the hedged transaction affects earnings or until it
becomes unlikely that a hedged forecasted transaction will occur within two months of the originally scheduled time period.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because a hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the
derivative continues to be carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at its fair value, and any asset or liability that was recorded
pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss currently in
earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur within two
months of the originally specified time period, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and
gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Comprehensive Income
The Company’s comprehensive income consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), consisting of (i)
unrealized foreign currency net gains and losses on the translation of the assets and liabilities of its foreign operations; (ii)
realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany notes of a long-term nature and hedges of net
investments in foreign operations, net of income taxes; (iii) unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges (consisting of
interest rate swaps), net of income taxes; and (iv) pension and other postretirement prior service cost and actuarial gains or
losses, net of income taxes. See Note 13 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).”
Restructuring Charges
The Company incurs costs in connection with workforce reductions, facility consolidations and other actions. Such costs
include employee termination benefits (one-time arrangements and benefits attributable to prior service), termination of
contractual obligations, non-cash asset charges and other direct incremental costs.
A liability is established through a charge to operations for (i) one-time employee termination benefits when management
commits to a plan of termination; (ii) employee termination benefits that accumulate or vest based on prior service when it
becomes probable that such termination benefits will be paid and the amount of the payment can be reasonably estimated; and
(iii) contract termination costs when the contract is terminated or the Company becomes contractually obligated to make such
payment. Other direct incremental costs are charged to operations as incurred.
Charges recorded in connection with restructuring plans are included in “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method. The Company’s consolidated financial
statements include the operating results of acquired entities from the respective dates of acquisition. The Company recognizes
and measures the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest as of the acquisition date at
fair value. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable
assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest is recognized as goodwill in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets. Costs incurred by the Company to effect a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or
equity securities are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period the costs are incurred.
62
Earnings per Share
The calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) is based on the weighted-average number of the Company’s shares outstanding
for the applicable period. The calculation of diluted earnings per share reflects the effect of all dilutive potential shares that
were outstanding during the respective periods, unless the effect of doing so is antidilutive. The Company uses the treasury
stock method to calculate the effect of outstanding share-based compensation awards.
Note 2:
New Accounting Standards
Adopted Accounting Standard Updates (“ASU”)
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined
Benefit Plans. The amendments in this update eliminate, add and modify certain disclosure requirements for defined benefit
pension plans. The guidance is effective for public companies beginning with its annual report for fiscal year 2020. This ASU
did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional expedients and exceptions for a limited time to ease the potential
burden of accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. This guidance applies to contracts, hedging relationships
and other transactions affected by the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank
offered rates. The guidance is effective beginning on March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company has not
utilized any of the optional expedients or exceptions available under this ASU. The Company will continue to assess whether
this ASU is applicable throughout the effective period.
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-15,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40); Customer’s Accounting for Implementation
Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The amendments in this update require
implementation costs incurred by customers in cloud computing arrangements (i.e., hosting arrangements) to be capitalized
under the same premises of authoritative guidance for internal-use software, and deferred over the noncancelable term of the
cloud computing arrangement plus any option renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised by the customer or for
which the exercise is controlled by the service provider. The Company adopted this guidance prospectively on January 1, 2020.
The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to
the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this update eliminate, add and modify certain
disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of its disclosure framework project. The Company adopted this
guidance on January 1, 2020. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit
Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which added an impairment model that is based on expected losses rather
than incurred losses and is called the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) model. This impairment model is applicable to
loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables as
well as any other financial asset with the contractual right to receive cash. Under the new model, an allowance equal to the
estimate of lifetime expected credit losses is recognized which will result in more timely loss recognition. The guidance is
intended to reduce complexity by decreasing the number of credit impairment models. The Company adopted this guidance on
January 1, 2020, using a modified retrospective transition method. The Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment on
the adoption date increasing “Accumulated deficit” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets by $1.0 million and decreasing
“Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets by $1.0 million.
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”) utilizing the optional
transition method. The amendments in this update replaced most of the existing GAAP lease accounting guidance in order to
increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities on
the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current GAAP. The amendments also expanded disclosure
requirements for key information about leasing arrangements. The Company elected the package of practical expedients in
transition for leases that commenced prior to January 1, 2019 whereby these contracts were not reassessed or reclassified from
their previous assessment as of December 31, 2018. The Company updated its internal lease accounting policy to address the
new standard, revised the Company’s business processes and controls and completed the implementation and data input for the
Company’s lease accounting software solution. The most significant impact of the standard on the Company was the
63
recognition of an approximate $61.3 million operating right of use (“ROU”) asset and an approximate $61.4 million operating
lease liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated
Statements of Operations or the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. See Note 16 “Leases” for further
discussion of the Company’s operating and financing leases.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.
The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and amending and
clarifying existing guidance. The guidance is effective for public companies beginning with the first quarter of 2021. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this amendment in the first quarter of 2021. The adoption is not expected to
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 3:
Business Combinations
Ingersoll Rand Industrial Acquisition
On February 29, 2020 Ingersoll Rand completed the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial for the total estimated purchase
consideration of approximately $6,937.0 million which represents Ingersoll Rand common stock with a fair value of
$6,919.5 million and the balance equal to the fair value attributable to pre-acquisition service for replacement equity awards and
deferred compensation arrangements settled in shares (or valued by reference to shares) of Ingersoll Rand common stock.
Ingersoll Rand Industrial is a global provider of mission-critical flow control and compression equipment and associated
aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Ingersoll Rand acquired Ingersoll Rand Industrial to extend and enhance its
portfolio of products to address market opportunities in the compressor, blower, pump and other industrial product markets.
Immediately prior to the merger, Trane Technologies plc (formerly known as Ingersoll-Rand plc) (“Old IR” or “Trane
Technologies”) completed a spin-off in which it distributed one share of common stock of Ingersoll-Rand Industrial US.
Holdco, Inc. (“SpinCo”), par value $0.01 per share, for each share of Old IR, outstanding as of the record date for the spin-off
on February 24, 2020. In accordance with the merger agreement by and among Ingersoll Rand, Old IR, SpinCo and Charm
Merger Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand (“Merger Sub”), Merger Sub merged with and into SpinCo (the
“acquisition”) and each share of common stock of SpinCo, par value $0.01 per share (“SpinCo common stock”), issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the acquisition was converted into the right to receive 0.8824 shares of common stock of
Ingersoll Rand, par value $0.01 per share (“Ingersoll Rand common stock”). Immediately after the consummation of the
acquisition, approximately 50.1% of the outstanding shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis was held
by SpinCo stockholders and approximately 49.9% of the outstanding shares of the Company common stock on a fully-diluted
basis was held by pre-acquisition Ingersoll Rand stockholders. Since Ingersoll Rand (formerly named Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc.) is the accounting acquirer, the fair value of the equity issued by Ingersoll Rand to SpinCo stockholders in the
acquisition was determined by reference to the market price of Ingersoll Rand common stock. Accordingly, the purchase
consideration below reflects the estimated fair value of the Ingersoll Rand shares issued in exchange for shares of SpinCo
common stock in the acquisition, which is based on the final closing price of shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock prior to
the effective time of the acquisition on February 28, 2020 of $32.79 per share. The Company incurred acquisition costs of
$87.3 million, including $42.3 million and $45.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These
costs are presented within “Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the
Company incurred $1.0 million in registration fees to issue shares for the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. The
$1.0 million reduced “Capital in excess of par value” of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The agreements between Ingersoll Rand and Trane Technologies contain customary post-closing procedures covering the
measurement of working capital and the funded status of benefits plan obligations of Ingersoll Rand Industrial at the time of the
spin-off. These post-closing procedures are ongoing as of December 31, 2020 and, upon completion, may result in payments to
or proceeds from Trane Technologies. Should any payments or proceeds arise after the end of the measurement period, the
Company will recognize any related adjustments to acquired assets or assumed liabilities within earnings in the period the
adjustments are determined.
Purchase Price Allocation
In accordance with the FASB’s ASC 805 Business Combinations, Ingersoll Rand was determined to be the accounting acquirer.
As such, the Company applied the acquisition method of accounting to the identifiable assets and liabilities of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial, which have been measured at estimated fair value as of the date of the business combination.
64
Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s assets and liabilities were measured at estimated fair values at February 29, 2020, primarily using
Level 3 inputs except for debt, which was measured using Level 2 inputs and noncontrolling interests, which was measured
using Level 1 inputs. Estimates of fair value represent management’s best estimate of assumptions about future events and
uncertainties, including significant judgments related to future cash flows, discount rates, competitive trends, margin and
revenue growth assumptions including royalty rates and customer attrition rates and others. Inputs used were generally obtained
from historical data supplemented by current and anticipated market conditions and growth rates expected as of the acquisition
date.
The following table summarizes the allocation of consideration to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the
Company, with the excess of purchase price over the fair value of Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s net assets recorded as goodwill.
The initial accounting for the acquisition is substantially complete and no material changes are anticipated.
Purchase Price
Fair value of Ingersoll Rand common stock issued for Ingersoll Rand
Industrial outstanding common stock(1)
Fair value attributable to pre-merger service for replacement equity awards(2)
Fair value attributable to pre-merger service for deferred compensation plan(3)
Total purchase consideration
Purchase Price Allocation
Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other noncurrent assets
Total current liabilities, including current maturities of long-term debt of
$19.0 million
Deferred tax liability
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs and an original issue discount
Other noncurrent liabilities
Noncontrolling interest
Estimated
Fair Value,
as Previously
Reported
Measurement
Period
Adjustments(4)
Estimated
Fair Value,
as Adjusted
$
$
$
6,919.5 $
8.6
8.9
6,937.0 $
— $
—
—
6,919.5
8.6
8.9
— $
6,937.0
41.3 $
(2.5) $
579.9
576.2
136.9
520.0
4,278.2
4,501.3
269.8
(830.6)
(900.6)
(1,851.7)
(310.4)
(73.3)
8.5
50.7
(49.7)
(3.5)
607.7
(734.7)
1.1
78.1
66.9
—
(22.6)
—
38.8
588.4
626.9
87.2
516.5
4,885.9
3,766.6
270.9
(752.5)
(833.7)
(1,851.7)
(333.0)
(73.3)
$
6,937.0 $
— $
6,937.0
(1) Represents the fair value of 211,023,522 shares of the Company’s common stock issued for Ingersoll Rand Industrial outstanding
common stock multiplied by $32.79, the price per share of common stock as of the closing price on February 28, 2020.
(2) Represents the fair value of the replacement equity awards to the extent those related to services provided by the employee of
Ingersoll Rand Industrial prior to closing. See Note 17 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” for additional information about the
replacement equity awards.
(3) Represents the fair value of the deferred compensation plan liabilities that must be settled in shares of the plan sponsor's common
stock. See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for additional information on assumed deferred compensation plan liabilities.
(4) The measurement period adjustments were to refine fair value measurements of intangible assets and carrying amounts of certain
assets and liabilities, as well as adjustments to related deferred tax liabilities.
Summary of Significant Fair Value Methods
The methods used to determine the fair value of significant identifiable assets and liabilities included in the allocation of
purchase price are discussed below.
65
Inventories
Acquired inventory was comprised of finished goods, work in process and raw materials. The fair value of finished goods was
calculated as the estimated selling price, adjusted for costs of the selling effort and a reasonable profit allowance relating to the
selling effort. The fair value of work in process inventory was primarily calculated as the estimated selling price, adjusted for
estimated costs to complete the manufacturing, estimated costs of the selling effort, as well as a reasonable profit margin on the
remaining manufacturing and selling effort. The fair value of raw materials and supplies was determined based on replacement
cost which approximates historical carrying value. The fair value step-up of inventory of $116.2 million is comprised of step-up
of inventory measured on a First In First Out (“FIFO”) basis of $70.3 million and inventories measured on a Last In First Out
(“LIFO”) basis of $45.9 million. Inventory measured on a FIFO basis was amortized to “Cost of sales” in the consolidated
financial statements as the inventory is sold. For inventories measured on a LIFO basis, the acquired inventory became the
LIFO base layer inventory and is evaluated for lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments in subsequent periods as necessary.
Property, Plant and Equipment
The fair value of property, plant and equipment was primarily calculated using replacement costs adjusted for the age and
condition of the asset, with the exception of real property which was calculated using the market approach, and is summarized
below.
Land and buildings
Machinery and equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Other
Construction in progress
Total property, plant and equipment
Identifiable Intangible Assets
$
$
215.1
256.9
13.4
1.0
30.1
516.5
The fair value and weighted average useful life of the Ingersoll Rand Industrial identifiable intangible assets are as follows.
Tradenames(1)
Developed technology(2)
Customer relationships(3)
Backlog(4)
Other(5)
Total identifiable intangible assets
Weighted
Average Useful
Life (Years)
Fair Value
$
1,312.0
Indefinite
236.0
2,101.0
81.2
36.4
7
13
<1
2
$
3,766.6
(1) Tradenames were identified from brands of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. The fair value of tradenames were determined using a relief
from royalty methodology which estimates the cost savings generated by a company related to the ownership of an asset for which
it would otherwise have had to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. The discount rate used
was determined at the time of measurement based on an analysis of the implied internal rate of return of the transaction, weighted
average cost of capital and weighted average return on assets. Tradenames are expected to have an indefinite useful life.
(2) Developed technology was identified from the products of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. Fair values were determined using a relief
from royalty methodology with similar methodology and assumptions as described in the tradename description above. The
economic useful lives were determined based on the technology cycle related to each developed technology, as well as the cash
flows over the forecast period.
(3) Customer relationships represent the fair value of existing relationships with the Ingersoll Rand Industrial customers. Their fair
values were determined using the Multi-Period Excess Earning Method which involves isolating the net earnings attributable to the
asset being measured based on present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows (excess earnings) attributable solely to the
intangible asset over its remaining useful life. This method includes a valuation of the assembled workforce, using the Cost
Approach, for purposes of calculating contributory asset charges to be used in the Multi-Period Excess Earning Method valuations.
The economic useful lives were determined based on historical customer attrition rates.
(4) Backlog primarily relates to the dollar value of purchase arrangements with customers, effective, as of a given point in time, that are
based on mutually agreed terms which, in some cases, may still be subject to completion of written documentation and may be
changed or cancelled by the customer, often without penalty. Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s backlog consists of these arrangements
66
with assigned shipment dates expected, in most cases, within three to twelve months. The fair value were determined using the
Multi-Period Excess Earning Method. The economic useful lives were based on the time to fulfill the outstanding order backlog
obligation.
(5) Other intangible assets is primarily comprised of software.
The Company believes that the amounts of purchased intangible assets recorded represent the fair values of and approximates
the amounts a market participant would pay for these intangible assets as of the acquisition date.
Leases, including lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets
Lease liabilities, included in “Accrued liabilities” and “Other non-current liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at the
acquisition date, were measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the remaining lease term and
the incremental borrowing rate of Ingersoll Rand as if the acquired leases were new leases as of the acquisition date. ROU
assets included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the acquisition date, are equal to the amount of the
lease liability at the acquisition date adjusted for any off-market terms of the lease. The remaining lease term was based on the
remaining term at the acquisition date plus any renewal or extension options that the Company is reasonably certain will be
exercised.
Pension and Other Postretirement Liabilities
Ingersoll Rand recognized a pretax net liability representing the net funded status of Ingersoll Rand Industrial’s defined-benefit
pension and other postretirement benefit (“OPEB”) plans. See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for further information on the pension
and OPEB arrangements.
Long-Term Debt
Ingersoll Rand Services Company incurred $1,900.0 million of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement dated as of February
28, 2020 among Ingersoll Rand Services Company, as borrower, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent and
the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) prior to the closing of the acquisition, and the indebtedness
under the Senior Secured Credit Facility will mature February 28, 2027. Ingersoll Rand incurred a total of $26.9 million debt
issuance costs associated with the $1,900.0 million loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The $1,900.0 million of
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement was reduced by a $2.4 million original issue discount.
The fair value for long term debt was determined based on the total indebtedness less debt issuance costs as the debt
consummated at the time of closing of the acquisition.
Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The acquisition was structured as a merger and therefore, the Company assumed the historical tax basis of Ingersoll Rand
Industrial’s assets and liabilities. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities include the expected future federal, state and
foreign tax consequences associated with temporary differences between the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed and the respective tax bases. Tax rates utilized in calculating deferred income taxes generally represent the enacted
statutory tax rates at the effective date of the acquisition in the jurisdictions in which legal title of the underlying asset or
liability resides. See Note 15 “Income Taxes” for further information related to income taxes.
Noncontrolling Interests
As of the date of acquisition, Ingersoll Rand Industrial assumed a controlling interest of approximately 74% in Ingersoll-Rand
India Limited. The remaining shares were owned by unaffiliated shareholders and traded on India stock exchanges, representing
a noncontrolling interest. Ingersoll Rand’s fair value of noncontrolling interest was based on market quote of Indian
Rupee 639.2 per share, available on the last trading day on February 28, 2020 prior to the closing date of the
acquisition. Considering noncontrolling shares of 8.2 million, the fair value of noncontrolling interest is $73.3 million.
Other Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed (excluding Goodwill)
The Company utilized the carrying values, net of allowances, to value accounts receivable and accounts payable as well as other
current assets and liabilities as it was determined that carrying values represented the fair value of those items at the acquisition
date.
67
Goodwill
The excess of the consideration for the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The
goodwill is attributable to expected synergies and expanded market opportunities from combining the Company’s operations
with those of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. The goodwill created in the acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax
purposes. See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for the allocation of goodwill among the Company's segments.
Results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial Subsequent to the Acquisition
The operating results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from
the date of acquisition through December 31, 2020. The Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2020 included revenues of $2,930.3 million and net loss of $10.8 million, which includes the effects of purchase
accounting adjustments, primarily the amortization of intangible assets and the impacts on operating expenses of fair value
adjustments to acquired inventory and property, plant and equipment.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company and
Ingersoll Rand Industrial as if the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2019. The pro forma results have been prepared
for comparative purposes only and do not necessarily represent what the revenue or results of operations would have been had
the acquisition been completed on January 1, 2019. In addition, these results are not intended to be a projection of future
operating results and do not reflect synergies that might be achieved.
Revenues
Net Income (Loss)
2020
2019
$
5,398.0 $
6,146.5
164.8
101.1
The unaudited pro forma information includes adjustments for the purchase price allocation (including, but not limited to,
amortization and depreciation for intangible assets and property, plant and equipment acquired, adjustments to stock-based
compensation expense, fair value adjustments to acquired inventories, the purchase accounting effect on deferred revenue,
interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, transaction costs and related tax impacts) and the alignment of
accounting policies.
The table below reflects the impact of material and nonrecurring adjustments to the unaudited pro forma results for the years
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 that are directly attributable to the acquisition.
Increase (decrease) to revenue as a result of deferred revenue fair value adjustment, net of tax $
Increase (decrease) to expense as a result of inventory fair value adjustment, net of tax
Increase (decrease) to expense as a result of transaction costs, net of tax
13.8 $
(89.6)
(34.8)
(13.8)
89.6
34.8
2020
2019
Transactions with Trane Technologies
Ingersoll Rand and Trane Technologies plc entered into several agreements as of February 29, 2020 covering administrative,
tax and supply arrangements. These include a Transition Services Agreement to provide corporate function support for a period
of not longer than twenty-four calendar months. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred expenses of
$25.1 million for services received under the Transition Service Agreement and related agreements.
Other Acquisitions
The Company acquired the following businesses during the three years ended December 31, 2020. Proforma information has
not been provided as the acquisitions did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations
individually or in the aggregate. The revenues and operating income of each of the acquisitions below are included in the
Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.
68
Acquisition of Albin Pump SAS
On September 1, 2020, the Company acquired Albin Pump SAS (“Albin”), a manufacturer of electric peristaltic pumps. The
company acquired Albin for cash consideration, net of cash acquired, of $15.5 million and deferred consideration of
$0.9 million. The results of this business are reported within the Precision and Science Technologies segment from the date of
acquisition.
Other Acquisitions in 2020
The Company acquired two sales and service businesses, one in the United States and one in Europe, in the Industrial
Technologies and Services segment for cash consideration of $15.0 million and deferred consideration of $5.1 million.
Acquisition of Air Compressors and Blowers North Limited
On August 19, 2019, the Company acquired Air Compressors and Blowers North Limited (“ACBN”), a provider of vacuum
pumps, blowers and compressors. The Company acquired certain assets of ACBN for total consideration of $7.0 million. The
results of ACBN are included in the Industrial Technologies and Services segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this
acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
Acquisition of Oina VV AB
On July 3, 2019, the Company acquired Oina VV AB (“Oina”) which specializes in customized pump solutions for liquid
handling processes for use in medical, process and industrial applications. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed
certain liabilities of Oina for total consideration, net of cash acquired, of $10.0 million. The results of Oina are included in the
Precision and Science Technologies segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax
purposes.
Acquisition of MP Pumps, Inc.
On December 12, 2018, the Company acquired MP Pumps, Inc. (“MP Pumps”), a leading manufacturer of specialty industrial
pumps and associated aftermarket parts. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of MP Pumps
for total consideration, net of cash acquired, of $58.5 million. The results of MP Pumps are included in the Precision and
Science Technologies segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
Acquisition of DV Systems, Inc.
On November 2, 2018, the Company acquired DV Systems, Inc. (“DV Systems”), a leading manufacturer of rotary screws and
piston compressors and associated aftermarket parts. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of
DV Systems for total consideration, net of cash acquired, of $16.1 million. The results of DV Systems are included in the
Industrial Technologies and Services segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax
purposes.
Acquisition of PMI Pump Parts
On May 29, 2018, the Company acquired PMI Pump Parts (“PMI”), a leading manufacturer of plungers and other well service
pump consumable products. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of PMI for total
consideration, net of cash acquired, of $21.0 million. The results of PMI are included in the High Pressure Solutions
segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
Acquisition of Runtech Systems Oy
On February 8, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Runtech Systems Oy (“Runtech”), a leading global
manufacturer of turbo vacuum technology systems and optimization solutions for industrial applications. The Company
acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Runtech for total cash consideration of $94.9 million, net of cash
acquired. The results of Runtech are included in the Industrial Technologies and Services segment. The purchase price
allocation resulted in the recording of $63.6 million of goodwill and $31.3 million of amortizable intangible assets as of the
acquisition date. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
69
Acquisition Revenues and Operating Income
The revenue included in the financial statements for these acquisitions subsequent to their acquisition date was $105.8 million,
$137.6 million and $96.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, operating income included in the financial statements for the acquisitions described above,
subsequent to their date of acquisition was $14.0 million, $19.1 million and $8.3 million, respectively.
Note 4:
Restructuring
Restructuring Program 2018 to 2019
In the third quarter of 2018, the Company announced a restructuring program that primarily involved workforce reductions and
facility consolidation. This restructuring program was completed as of December 31, 2020.
Restructuring Program 2020 to 2022
Subsequent to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, the Company announced a restructuring program (“2020 Plan”) to
create efficiencies and synergies, reduce the number of facilities and optimize operating margin within the merged Company.
The Company expects to incur total expenses of approximately $350.0 million related to workforce reductions, lease
termination costs, other facility rationalization costs and other business related transformation costs from 2020 until 2022. The
Company expects to realize approximately $300.0 million in annualized cost synergies by the end of 2022. The Company
continues to evaluate operating efficiencies and anticipates incurring additional costs in the coming years in connection with
these activities, but is unable to estimate those amounts at this time as such plans are not yet finalized.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, $92.9 million was charged to expense through “Other operating expense, net” in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations ($70.3 million for Industrial Technologies and Services, $8.9 million for High Pressure
Solutions, $6.9 million for Precision and Science Technologies, $6.0 million for Corporate and $0.8 million for Specialty
Vehicle Technologies).
The following table summarizes the activity associated with the Company’s restructuring programs for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Balance at beginning of the period
Charged to expense - termination benefits
Charged to expense - other(1)
Acquired restructuring
Payments
Other, net
Balance at end of the period
2020
2019
$
$
5.0 $
75.5
8.2
5.1
(77.3)
1.0
17.5 $
8.8
10.8
3.0
—
(17.8)
0.2
5.0
(1) Excludes $9.2 million and $3.3 million of non-cash charges that impacted restructuring expense but not the restructuring liabilities
during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The restructuring reserve related to these programs was $17.5 million and $5.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively, and recorded in “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
70
Note 5:
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following.
Balance at beginning of the period
Acquisition - Ingersoll Rand Industrial
Provision charged to expense
Write-offs, net of recoveries
Foreign currency translation and other
Balance at end of the period
Note 6:
Inventories
2020
2019
2018
$
$
18.4 $
28.8
24.1
(6.2)
2.5
67.6 $
17.4 $
—
3.6
(2.4)
(0.2)
18.4 $
Inventories as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following.
Raw materials, including parts and subassemblies
Work-in-process
Finished goods
Excess of LIFO costs over FIFO costs
Inventories
2020
2019
$
$
587.8 $
88.6
258.4
934.8
8.8
943.6 $
18.7
—
1.8
(2.2)
(0.9)
17.4
370.5
47.6
71.4
489.5
13.0
502.5
As of December 31, 2020, $646.8 million, or 69%, of the Company’s inventory is accounted for on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”)
basis and the remaining $296.8 million, or 31%, is accounted for on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis.
As of December 31, 2019, $371.3 million, or 74%, of the Company’s inventory is accounted for on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”)
basis and the remaining $131.2 million, or 26%, is accounted for on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis.
Approximately $447.4 million of the increase in inventories from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 is related to the
acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded non-cash adjustments of
$45.9 million to reduce the carrying value of inventories acquired in the merger with Ingersoll Rand Industrial accounted for
under the LIFO liquidation method, all of which was recognized in Cost of sales in the three month period ended June 30, 2020.
Note 7:
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following.
Land and land improvements
Buildings
Machinery and equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Construction in progress
Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net
2020
2019
$
$
66.8 $
341.4
666.6
57.3
38.5
1,170.6
(373.3)
797.3 $
33.7
154.6
363.6
40.9
32.2
625.0
(298.4)
326.6
71
Note 8:
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill attributable to each reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019 are as follows.
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Acquisitions
Foreign currency translation and other(1)
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Acquisitions
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Industrial
Technologies
and Services
$
Precision
and Science
Technologies
Specialty
Vehicle
Technologies
High
Pressure
Solutions
866.8 $
6.3
(7.7)
865.4
3,213.5
72.3
4,151.2 $
227.9 $
2.0
(2.4)
227.5
1,165.5
38.4
1,431.4 $
— $
—
—
—
525.6
0.6
526.2 $
194.8 $
—
—
194.8
—
—
194.8 $
Total
1,289.5
8.3
(10.1)
1,287.7
4,904.6
111.3
6,303.6
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded immaterial measurement period adjustments.
The Company acquired four businesses during the year ended December 31, 2020. The excess of the purchase price over the
estimated fair values of intangible assets, identifiable assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. The allocation of
the purchase price was preliminary for certain of these acquisitions and is subject to refinement based on final fair values of the
identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The goodwill attributable to the four businesses is as follows.
2020 Acquisitions
Ingersoll Rand Industrial
Albin Pump SAS
Other acquisitions
2019 Acquisitions
Oina
ACBN
Industrial
Technologies
and Services
$
Precision
and Science
Technologies
Specialty
Vehicle
Technologies
High
Pressure
Solutions
3,198.0 $
—
15.5
3,213.5 $
1,162.3 $
3.2
—
1,165.5 $
525.6 $
—
—
525.6 $
— $
—
—
— $
Total
4,885.9
3.2
15.5
4,904.6
Industrial
Technologies
and Services
$
Precision
and Science
Technologies
Specialty
Vehicle
Technologies
High
Pressure
Solutions
— $
6.3
6.3 $
2.0 $
—
2.0 $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
Total
2.0
6.3
8.3
The Company acquired two businesses during the year ended December 31, 2019. The excess of the purchase price over the
estimated fair values of intangible assets, identifiable assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill
attributable to the two businesses is as follows.
$
$
$
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, goodwill included a total of $563.9 million of accumulated impairment losses. Of the total
accumulated impairment losses incurred, $343.3 million was within the High Pressure Solutions segment and $220.6 million
was within the Industrial Technologies and Services segment.
Goodwill Impairment Tests
Consistent with our accounting policy in Note 1, we performed our annual goodwill impairment testing as of the first day of our
fiscal fourth quarters of 2020, 2019 and 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, each reporting unit’s
fair value was in excess of its net carrying value, and therefore, no goodwill impairment was recorded.
72
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following.
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer lists and relationships
Technology
Tradenames
Other
Unamortized intangible assets:
Tradenames
Total other intangible assets
$ 3,446.9 $
285.9
41.8
105.5
(966.0) $ 2,480.9 $ 1,238.7 $
(39.0)
(15.6)
(60.0)
246.9
26.2
45.5
30.2
40.4
64.0
(673.9) $
(6.0)
(11.9)
(40.8)
564.8
24.2
28.5
23.2
1,933.1
$ 5,813.2 $
—
1,933.1
614.3
(1,080.6) $ 4,732.6 $ 1,987.6 $
—
614.3
(732.6) $ 1,255.0
Amortization of intangible assets was $395.8 million, $124.3 million and $125.8 million for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets is anticipated to be approximately $340 million in each of
2021 and 2022, $320 million in each of 2023 and 2024 and $240 million in 2025 based upon currency exchange rates as of
December 31, 2020.
Other Intangible Asset Impairment Tests
During the third quarter, the Company developed a revised outlook that considered the impacts of the COVID-19 global
pandemic and related geopolitical events on the demand for certain of our products. The Company determined that indicators of
impairment existed for goodwill and indefinite-lived tradenames of certain reporting units. As of September 30,
2020, quantitative impairment tests were performed and the fair values of the reporting units and tradenames were estimated.
As a result of the quantitative impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles assets, we determined that the fair
value of all reporting units exceeded their carrying value and therefore no impairments of goodwill were recognized. However,
the Company recognized an impairment in the third quarter of 2020 of $19.9 million to reduce the carrying value of two
tradenames in the Industrial Technologies and Services segment.
Consistent with our accounting policy in Note 1, we performed our annual intangible asset impairment testing as of the first day
of our fiscal fourth quarters of 2020, 2019 and 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, other than as
discussed above, each tradename’s fair value was in excess of its net carrying value, and therefore, no impairment was
recorded.
Other Considerations Related to COVID-19 Pandemic
As of December 31, 2020, there were no indications that the carrying value of any goodwill or other intangible assets may not
be recoverable and no further impairment charges were booked in 2020. However, continued adverse impacts of the
COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s consolidated financial results could require an impairment charge related to one or
more of these intangible assets in a future period.
73
Note 9:
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:
Salaries, wages, and related fringe benefits
Contract liabilities
Product warranty
Operating lease liabilities
Restructuring
Taxes
Other
Total accrued liabilities
2020
2019
$
$
230.5 $
172.8
54.1
57.4
17.5
118.7
136.1
787.1 $
60.7
51.7
22.7
17.1
5.0
22.5
64.4
244.1
A reconciliation of the changes in the accrued product warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as
follows.
Balance at the beginning of period
Product warranty accruals
Acquired warranty
Settlements
Charged to other accounts(1)
Balance at the end of period
2020
2019
$
$
22.7 $
28.8
31.3
(30.5)
1.8
54.1 $
23.9
30.8
—
(31.9)
(0.1)
22.7
(1)
Includes primarily the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments for the Company’s subsidiaries with functional currencies
other than the USD and changes in the accrual related to acquisitions or divestitures of businesses.
Note 10: Debt
Debt as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following.
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Dollar Term Loan, due 2024(1)
Euro Term Loan, due 2024(2)
Dollar Term Loan B, due 2027(3)
Dollar Term Loan, due 2027(4)
Euro Term Loan, due 2027(5)
Dollar Term Loan Series A, due 2027(6)
Finance leases and other long-term debt
Unamortized debt issuance costs
Total long-term debt, net, including current maturities
Current maturities of long-term debt
Total long-term debt, net
2020
2019
— $
—
— $
—
1,883.7
919.6
728.0
392.4
17.2
(41.4)
3,899.5
40.4
3,859.1 $
927.6
673.9
—
—
—
—
18.0
(8.1)
1,611.4
7.6
1,603.8
$
$
$
(1) The weighted-average interest rate was 4.47% for the period from January 1, 2020 through February 27, 2020.
(2) The weighted-average interest rate was 3.00% for the period from January 1, 2020 through February 27, 2020.
(3) As of December 31, 2020, this amount is presented net of unamortized discounts of $2.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, the
applicable interest rate was 1.90% and the weighted-average rate was 2.16% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(4) As of December 31, 2020, this amount is presented net of unamortized discounts of $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, the
applicable interest rate was 1.90% and the weighted-average rate was 2.16% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(5) As of December 31, 2020, this amount is presented net of unamortized discounts of $0.7 million. As of December 31, 2020, the
applicable interest rate was 2.00% and the weighted-average rate was 2.00% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
74
(6) As of December 31, 2020, this amount is presented net of unamortized discounts of $5.6 million. As of December 31, 2020, the
applicable interest rate was 2.90% and the weighted-average rate was 2.91% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
The Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and
other agents and lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) on July 30, 2013.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into on July 30, 2013 provided senior secured financing in the equivalent of
approximately $2,825.0 million, consisting of: (i) a senior secured term loan facility denominated in U.S. Dollars (the “Original
Dollar Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900.0 million; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility
denominated in Euros (the “Original Euro Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of €400.0 million; and (iii) a
senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million
available to be drawn in U.S. dollars (“USD”), Euros (“EUR”), Great British Pounds (“GBP”) and other reasonably acceptable
foreign currencies, subject to certain sublimits for the foreign currencies. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing
capacity available for letters of credit up to $200.0 million and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline
loans.
The borrower of the Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility is Gardner Denver, Inc. Prior to the Company
entering into Amendment No. 1, GD German Holdings II GmbH became an additional borrower and successor in interest to
Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG. GD German Holdings II GmbH, GD First (UK) Limited and Gardner Denver, Inc.
are the listed borrowers under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as
administrative agent, and the lenders and other parties thereto on March 4, 2016 (“Amendment No.1”), Amendment No. 2 on
August 17, 2017 (“Amendment No.2”) and Amendment No. 3 on December 13, 2018 (“Amendment No.3”).
Amendment No. 1 reduced the aggregate principal borrowing capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility by $40.0 million to
$360.0 million, extended the term of the Revolving Credit Facility to April 30, 2020 with respect to consenting lenders and
provided for customary bail-in provisions to address certain European regulatory requirements. On July 30, 2018, the
Revolving Credit Facility principal borrowing capacity decreased to $269.9 million resulting from the maturity of the tranches
of the Revolving Credit Facility which were owned by lenders that elected not to modify the original Revolving Credit Facility
maturity date. Amendment No. 1 reduced the minimum aggregate principal amount for extension amendments to the facilities
from $50.0 million to $35.0 million.
Amendment No. 2 refinanced the Original Dollar Term Loan Facility with a replacement $1,285.5 million senior secured U.S.
dollar term loan facility (the “New Dollar Term Loan Facility”) and the Original Euro Term Loan Facility with a replacement
€615.0 million senior secured euro term loan facility (the “New Euro Term Loan Facility”). Further the maturity for both term
loan facilities was extended to July 30, 2024 and LIBOR Floor was reduced from 1.0% to 0.0%.
Amendment No. 3 amended the definition of “Change of Control” to (i) remove the requirement that certain specified equity
holders maintain a minimum ownership level of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, (ii) increase the threshold at
which the acquisition of ownership by a person, entity or group of other equity holders constitutes a “Change of Control” from
35% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company to 50% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company and (iii) make
certain other corresponding technical changes and updates.
The Company entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as
Resigning Agent and Citibank, N.A. as Successor Agent on June 28, 2019 (“Amendment No. 4”). Amendment No. 4 (i)
refinanced the existing senior secured revolving credit facility with a replacement $450.0 million senior secured revolving
credit facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”); (ii) extended the maturity of the revolving credit facility to June 28,
2024, (iii) terminated the revolving credit facility commitments of certain lenders under the existing senior secured revolving
credit facility under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (iv) provided for up to $200.0 million of the New Revolving Credit
Facility to be available for the purpose of issuing letters of credit; (v) provided for the replacement of GD First (UK) Limited by
Gardner Denver Holdings, Ltd. as the UK Borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities; (vi) transferred the
Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender roles under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to Citibank, N.A;
and (vii) made certain other corresponding technical changes and updates. At the consummation of the pending merger between
Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Amendment No. 4 increased the aggregate amount of the New
Revolving Credit Facility to $1,000.0 million and increases the capacity under the New Revolving Credit Facility to issue
75
letters of credit to $400.0 million. As a result of Amendment No. 4, the Company wrote off $0.2 million of debt issuance costs
to the “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.
On February 28, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 5”).
Amendment No. 5 refinanced the existing New Dollar Term Loan Facility and New Euro Term Loan Facility. The proceeds
from the replacement $927.6 million Dollar Term Loan (“Dollar Term Loan”) and replacement €601.2 million Euro Term Loan
(“Euro Term Loan”) were used to refinance the outstanding New Dollar Term Loan Facility and New Euro Term Loan Facility.
The proceeds from the Dollar Term Loan and the Euro Term Loan were reduced by an original issue discount of $1.2 million
and €0.8 million, respectively. The Euro Term Loan and Dollar Term Loan will mature on February 28, 2027. The refinancing
of the New Dollar Term Loan and the New Euro Term Loan resulted in the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs of
$2.0 million which was presented within “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
At the time of the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, the Credit Agreement was amended to include an additional
$1,900.0 million senior secured term loan (“Dollar Term Loan B”) by and among Ingersoll-Rand Services Company, as the
borrower, the lenders party thereto and Citi, as the administrative agent. Further, Ingersoll-Rand Services Company, the
borrower with respect to the Dollar Term Loan B, was designated as an additional borrower under the Credit Agreement. The
Dollar Term Loan B and the Dollar Term Loan and the Euro Term Loan have guarantees from the same credit parties and are
secured by the same collateral. The Dollar Term Loan B will mature on February 28, 2027. The proceeds from the
$1,900.0 million Dollar Term Loan B were reduced by a $2.4 million original issue discount.
On February 29, 2020, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility increased to $1,000.0 million and the capacity
under the Revolving Credit Facility to issue letters of credit increased to $400.0 million.
On June 29, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 6”). Amendment
No. 6 (i) provided for $400.0 million of incremental term loans (“Dollar Term Loan Series A”), reduced by an original issue
discount of $6.0 million, and (ii) established an increase of $100.0 million to the Revolving Credit Facility, bringing the total
sum of the Revolving Credit Facility to $1,100.0 million. No specific use of proceeds arising from Amendment No. 6 has been
identified. The proceeds are expected to be used for general business purposes, including providing incremental liquidity in the
event of a prolonged adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that the Company will have the right at any time to request incremental term loans
and/or revolving commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to (i) the greater of (a) $1,600 million and (b) 100% of
Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) for the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal
quarter period plus (ii) voluntary prepayments and voluntary commitment reductions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and
certain other permitted indebtedness prior to the date of any such incurrence plus (iii) an additional amount equal to (a) in the
case of incremental loans and/or commitments that are secured on an equal priority basis with the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities, an amount such that after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, the Company does not exceed a
Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of
4.50 to 1.00 or the Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio immediately prior to any such
incurrence and all transactions consummated in connection therewith or (b) in the case of incremental loans and/or
commitments that are secured on a junior priority basis to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, an amount such that after giving
effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, the Company does not exceed a Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated
EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of 5.00 to 1.00 or the Consolidated Total Debt to
Consolidated EBITDA Ratio immediately prior to any such incurrence and all transactions consummated in connection
therewith. The lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such incremental
commitments or loans, and any such addition of, or increase in commitments or loans, will be subject to certain customary
conditions.
As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility was $1,100.0 million and
the capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to issue letters of credit was $400.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, the
Company had no outstanding borrowings, $101.9 million of outstanding letters of credit under the New Revolving Credit
Facility and unused availability of $998.1 million.
Interest Rate and Fees
Borrowings under the Dollar Term Loan, Dollar Term Loan B, Dollar Term Loan Series A, and Revolving Credit Facility bear
interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period or 0.00% per
annum, in each case adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (b) a base rate (the “Base Rate”)
76
equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest publicly announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its
principal office, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (3) LIBOR for an interest period of one month, adjusted for
statutory reserve requirements, plus 1.00% and (4) 1.00%, in each case, plus an applicable margin. Borrowings under the Euro
Term Loan bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period, or 0.00% per annum, in each
case adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for (i) the Dollar Term Loan
is 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.75% for base rate loans, (ii) the Dollar Term Loan B is 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.75% for
base rate loans, (iii) the Dollar Term Loan Series A is 2.75% for LIBOR loans and 1.75% for base rate loans, (iv) the Revolving
Credit Facility is 2.00% for LIBOR loans and 1.00% for Base Rate loans and (v) the Euro Term Loan is 2.00% for LIBOR
loans.
In addition to interest payments on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company is required to
pay a commitment fee of 0.375% per annum to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized
commitments thereunder. The commitment fee reduces to 0.25% or 0.125% upon the achievement of a Level I or Level II
status, respectively. Level I status means that the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA
Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00. Level II status means that the
Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00. The
Company must also pay customary letter of credit fees.
Prepayments
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with
(i) 50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) commencing with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2021 (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to
Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00, and which prepayment will not
be required if the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal
to 2.00 to 1.00), (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of non-ordinary asset sales or other dispositions of property, subject to
reinvestment rights (which percentage will be reduced to 50% if the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to
Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and which prepayment will not be
required if the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 2.00 to
1.00), and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the
Credit Agreement.
The mandatory prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the term loans in direct order of
maturity.
The Company may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium
or penalty, subject to certain customary conditions, including reimbursements of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually
incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period, provided
that (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Dollar Term Loan, the Dollar Term Loan B or the Euro Term Loan prior to August 28,
2020, in connection with a repricing transaction would have been subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the principal
amount so prepaid and (ii) any voluntary prepayment of Dollar Term Loan Series A prior to December 29, 2020, in connection
with a repricing transaction would have been subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the principal amount so prepaid.
Amortization and Final Maturity
The Dollar Term Loan, Dollar Term Loan B, Dollar Term Loan Series A, and Euro Term Loan amortize in equal to quarterly
installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of such term loan, with the balances
payable on February 28, 2027.
Guarantee and Security
All obligations of the borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and
all of its material, wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries, with customary exceptions including where providing such
guarantees are not permitted by law, regulation or contract or would result in adverse tax consequences.
All obligations of the borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantees of such obligations, are secured,
subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and each guarantor, including
but not limited to: (i) a perfected pledge of the capital stock issued by the borrowers and each subsidiary guarantor and (ii)
77
perfected security interests in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of the borrowers and the guarantors (subject
to certain exceptions and exclusions). The obligations of the non-U.S. borrowers are secured by certain assets in jurisdictions
outside of the United States.
Certain Covenants and Events of Default
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain
exceptions, the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; engage in
mergers or consolidations; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; create limitations on subsidiary distributions; pay
dividends and distributions or repurchase its own capital stock; and make investments, loans or advances, prepayments of junior
financings, or other restricted payments.
The Revolving Credit Facility requires that, if the sum of the aggregate principle amount of all borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility and non-cash collateralized letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (less the amount of
letters of credit outstanding as of June 28, 2019) exceeds 40% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, the
Company’s Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall not exceed 6.25 to 1.00 as of the last
day of the fiscal quarter.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.
Receivables Financing Agreement
In May 2016, the Company entered into the Receivables Financing Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association (the
“Receivables Financing Agreement”), providing for aggregated borrowing of up to $75.0 million governed by a borrowing
base. The Receivables Financing Agreement provided for a lower cost alternative for the issuance of letters of credit with the
remaining unused capacity providing additional liquidity. On June 30, 2017, the Company signed the first amendment of the
Receivables Financing Agreement which increased the aggregated borrowing capacity by $50.0 million to $125.0 million
governed by a borrowing base and extended the term to June 30, 2020. On February 27, 2020, Gardner Denver, Inc., as initial
servicer, Gardner Denver Finance II LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National Association as lender, LC participant, LC
bank, and administrative agent, entered into the third amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the Receivables Financing
Agreement dated as of May 17, 2016. Among other changes, the Third Amendment extended the scheduled termination date of
the Receivables Financing Agreement from September 30, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and amended the definition of “Change
of Control” to (i) remove the requirement that certain specified equity holders maintain a minimum ownership level of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company, (ii) increase the threshold at which the acquisition of ownership by a person, entity or
group of other equity holders constitutes a “Change of Control” and (iii) make certain other technical changes and updates.
On August 13, 2020, the Company terminated the Receivables Financing Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association. As
part of the termination, the Company paid all outstanding liabilities, obligations, and other indebtedness under the Receivables
Financing Agreement.
Total Debt Maturities
Total debt maturities for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2020 and thereafter are approximately $40.4 million, $40.5
million, $40.6 million, $40.7 million, $40.8 million and $3,747.3 million, respectively.
Note 11:
Benefit Plans
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors a number of pension and postretirement plans worldwide. Pension plan benefits are provided to
employees under defined benefit pay-related and service-related plans, which are non-contributory in nature. The Company’s
funding policy for the U.S. defined benefit pension plans is to contribute at least the minimum required contribution required by
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2016 (as amended by
MAP-21, HAFTA, and BBA 15). The Company intends to make additional contributions, as necessary, to prevent benefit
restrictions in the plans. The Company’s annual contributions to the non-U.S. pension plans are consistent with the
requirements of applicable local laws.
78
The Company also provides postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits in the United States and South Africa to a
limited group of current and retired employees. All of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans are unfunded.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and in the fair value of the plan assets for
the periods described below.
Pension Benefits
U.S. Plans
2020
2019
Non-U.S. Plans
2019
2020
Other Postretirement
Benefits
2020
2019
Reconciliation of Benefit Obligations:
Beginning balance
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan amendments
Actuarial losses (gains)
Benefit payments
Acquisitions
Plan settlements
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
Benefit obligations ending balance
Reconciliation of Fair Value of Plan Assets:
Beginning balance
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Acquisitions
Plan settlements
Benefit payments
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
Fair value of plan assets ending balance
$
$
$
$
59.8 $
5.8
9.5
—
18.1
(29.0)
424.0
(0.9)
—
487.3 $
61.1 $
36.5
0.1
327.2
(0.9)
(29.0)
—
395.0 $
57.4 $
—
2.2
—
4.3
(2.8)
—
(1.3)
—
59.8 $
57.7 $
7.4
0.1
—
(1.3)
(2.8)
—
61.1 $
346.5 $
3.8
6.1
—
24.4
(12.8)
56.7
—
21.0
445.7 $
249.1 $
19.0
7.6
12.0
—
(12.8)
9.9
284.8 $
304.9 $
1.5
7.7
—
35.9
(10.3)
—
—
6.8
346.5 $
212.2
35.3
4.3
—
—
(10.3)
7.6
249.1
3.4 $
—
0.5
(1.6)
2.0
(2.7)
29.5
0.3
0.1
31.5 $
3.1
—
0.1
—
0.4
(0.2)
—
—
—
3.4
Funded Status as of Period End
$
(92.3) $
1.3 $
(160.9) $
(97.4) $
(31.5) $
(3.4)
Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
that have not been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost are presented in the following table.
Net actuarial losses (gains)
Prior service cost
Amounts included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)
Pension Benefits
U.S. Plans
2020
2019
Non-U.S. Plans
2019
2020
Other Postretirement
Benefits
2020
2019
$
(0.8) $
—
5.7 $
—
75.7 $
3.2
58.8 $
3.5
2.4 $
(1.6)
0.2
—
$
(0.8) $
5.7 $
78.9 $
62.3 $
0.8 $
0.2
For defined benefit pension plans, the Company estimates that $5.6 million of net losses and $0.1 million of prior service costs
will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during the year ending
December 31, 2021. For other postretirement benefit plans, the Company estimates no net losses and prior service costs will be
amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during the year ending December
31, 2021.
79
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities and assets are included in the following captions in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Other assets
Accrued liabilities
Pension and other postretirement benefits
2020
2019
$
2.3 $
(17.9)
(269.1)
2.3
(2.2)
(99.7)
The following table provides information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans
2019
2020
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
2020
2019
$
425.2 $
415.9
331.0
1.0 $
1.0
—
441.4 $
406.3
260.5
330.1
325.3
235.3
The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $478.0 million and $59.8 million as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans
was $426.7 million and $339.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost (income) and other amounts recognized in other
comprehensive income (loss), before income tax effects, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income):
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior-service cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
Loss due to settlement
Total net periodic benefit cost (income) recognized
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Net actuarial (gain) loss
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Amortization of prior service cost
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income) cost and other comprehensive
income (loss)
U.S. Pension Plans
2019
2018
2020
$
$
$
$
$
5.8 $
9.5
(12.0)
—
—
3.3
—
3.3 $
(6.4) $
—
—
—
—
(6.4) $
— $
2.2
(2.2)
—
0.1
0.1
—
0.1 $
(0.9) $
(0.1)
—
—
—
(1.0) $
(3.1) $
(0.9) $
—
2.1
(4.7)
—
—
(2.6)
—
(2.6)
5.8
—
—
—
—
5.8
3.2
80
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
2019
2020
2018
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income):
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior-service cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
Loss due to curtailments
Total net periodic benefit cost (income) recognized
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Amortization of prior service cost
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost (income) and other comprehensive
income (loss)
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior-service cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit cost
Loss due to curtailments or settlements
Total net periodic benefit cost recognized
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Amortization of prior service cost
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.8 $
6.1
(11.0)
0.1
2.9
1.9
—
1.9 $
16.3 $
(2.9)
—
(0.1)
4.2
17.5 $
1.5 $
7.7
(10.3)
0.1
2.0
1.0
—
1.0 $
10.9 $
(2.0)
—
(0.1)
1.1
9.9 $
1.8
7.5
(11.6)
—
1.8
(0.5)
—
(0.5)
2.9
(1.8)
3.7
—
(2.8)
2.0
19.4 $
10.9 $
1.5
Other Postretirement Benefits
2018
2019
2020
— $
0.5
—
—
—
0.5 $
0.3
0.8 $
2.0 $
—
(1.6)
—
—
0.4 $
1.2 $
— $
0.1
—
—
—
0.1 $
—
0.1 $
0.4 $
—
—
—
—
0.4 $
0.5 $
—
0.1
—
—
—
0.1
—
0.1
(0.1)
—
—
—
0.1
—
0.1
The discount rate selected to measure the present value of the Company’s benefit obligations was derived by examining the
rates of high-quality, fixed income securities whose cash flows or duration match the timing and amount of expected benefit
payments under a plan. The Company selects the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets in consultation with the plans’
actuaries. This rate is intended to reflect the expected average rate of earnings on the funds invested or to be invested to provide
plan benefits and the Company’s most recent plan assets target allocations. The plans are assumed to continue in force for as
long as the assets are expected to be invested. In estimating the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, appropriate
consideration is given to historical performance of the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the plans and to
81
current forecasts of future rates of return for those asset classes. Because assets are held in qualified trusts, expected returns are
not adjusted for taxes.
The following weighted-average actuarial assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost (income) for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Discount rate
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Discount rate
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increases
Discount rate
Pension Benefits - U.S. Plans
2019
2018
2020
2.7 %
2.6 %
4.0 %
4.00 %
3.6 %
7.75 %
Pension Benefits - Non-U.S. Plans
2019
2020
2018
1.6 %
4.4 %
2.7 %
2.6 %
4.9 %
2.8 %
2.3 %
5.0 %
2.8 %
Other Postretirement Benefits
2019
2020
2018
2.3% - 3.0%
4.7 %
4.4 %
The following weighted-average actuarial assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Discount rate
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increases
Discount rate
Pension Benefits - U.S. Plans
2020
2019
2.4 %
3.0 %
Pension Benefits - Non-U.S. Plans
2020
2019
1.1 %
3.1 %
1.7 %
2.7 %
Other Postretirement Benefits
2020
1.9% - 2.3%
2019
3.8 %
The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine other postretirement benefit plans costs and obligations for the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Other Postretirement Benefits
2019
2020
2018
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
Year that the date reaches the ultimate trend rate
6.3 %
4.7 %
2029
7.1 %
7.1 %
2021
7.9 %
7.9 %
2020
A one-percentage-point increase or decrease in assumed healthcare cost trend rates as of December 31, 2020 would have less
than a $0.1 million impact on total service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit costs and less than a $0.1 million
impact on the postretirement benefit obligation.
82
The following table reflects the estimated benefit payments for the next five years and for the years 2025 through 2029. The
estimated benefit payments for the non-U.S. pension plans were calculated using foreign exchange rates as of December 31,
2020.
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Aggregate 2025-2029
Pension Benefits
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Postretirement
Benefits
$
42.1 $
31.4
31.6
29.8
29.7
136.8
13.1 $
14.1
14.0
14.9
16.8
85.6
3.3
3.2
2.9
2.7
2.3
9.0
In 2021, the Company expects to contribute approximately $11.2 million to the U.S. pension plans, approximately $8.2 million
to the non-U.S. pension plans, and $3.3 million to the other postretirement benefit plans.
Plan Asset Investment Strategy
The Company’s overall investment strategy and objectives for its pension plan assets is to (i) meet current and future benefit
payment needs through diversification across asset classes, investing strategies and investment managers to achieve an optimal
balance between risk and return and between income and growth of assets through capital appreciation, (ii) secure participant
retirement benefits, (iii) minimize reliance on contributions as a source of benefit security, and (iv) maintain sufficient liquidity
to pay benefit obligations and proper expenses. The composition of the actual investments in various securities changes over
time based on short and long-term investment opportunities. None of the plan assets of Ingersoll Rand’s defined benefit plans
are invested in the Company’s common stock. The Company uses both active and passive investment strategies.
Plan Asset Risk Management
The target financial objectives for the pension plans are established in conjunction with periodic comprehensive reviews of each
plan’s liability structure. The Company’s asset allocation policy is based on detailed asset and liability model (“ALM”)
analyses. A formal ALM study of each major plan is undertaken every 2-5 years or whenever there has been a material change
in plan demographics, benefit structure, or funded status. In order to determine the recommended asset allocation, the advisors
model varying return and risk levels for different theoretical portfolios, using a relative measure of excess return over treasury
bills, divided by the standard deviation of the return (the “Sharpe Ratio”). The Sharpe Ratio for different portfolio options was
used to compare each portfolio’s potential return, on a risk-adjusted basis. The Company selected a recommended portfolio that
achieved the targeted composite return with the least amount of risk.
The Company’s primary pension plans are in the U.S. and UK which together comprise approximately 80% of the total benefit
obligations and 92% of total plan assets as of December 31, 2020. The following table presents the long-term target allocations
for these plans as of December 31, 2020.
Asset category:
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity
Fixed income
Real estate and other
Total
U.S. Plans
UK Plan
0 %
20 %
80 %
0 %
100 %
0 %
32 %
30 %
38 %
100 %
83
Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 by asset
category within the ASC 820 hierarchy (as defined in Note 19 “Fair Value Measurements”).
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
December 31, 2020
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Investments
Measured
at NAV (5)
Total
$
8.5 $
— $
— $
— $
8.5
Asset Category
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
Equity funds:
U.S. large-cap
International equity(2)
Total equity funds
Fixed income funds:
Corporate bonds - international
UK index-linked gilts
U.S. fixed income - government securities
U.S. fixed income - short duration
U.S. fixed income - intermediate duration
U.S. fixed income - long corporate
Total fixed income funds
Other types of investments:
International real estate(3)
Other(4)
Total
$
—
24.2
24.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6.4
39.8
46.2
25.2
41.5
98.9
15.2
26.3
120.6
327.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
49.0
81.7
130.7
—
—
4.7
4.5
45.2
9.6
64.0
—
—
32.7 $
42.3
—
416.2 $
—
36.2
36.2 $
—
—
194.7 $
55.4
145.7
201.1
25.2
41.5
103.6
19.7
71.5
130.2
391.7
42.3
36.2
679.8
84
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
December 31, 2019
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Investments
Measured
at NAV (5)
Total
$
2.6 $
— $
— $
— $
2.6
—
23.0
23.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.3
41.5
46.8
25.6
29.1
—
—
—
—
54.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
59.9
59.9
—
—
3.9
4.6
38.4
14.2
61.1
—
—
25.6 $
43.3
—
144.8 $
—
18.8
18.8 $
—
—
121.0 $
5.3
124.4
129.7
25.6
29.1
3.9
4.6
38.4
14.2
115.8
43.3
18.8
310.2
Asset Category
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
Equity funds:
U.S. large-cap
International equity(2)
Total equity funds
Fixed income funds:
Corporate bonds - international
UK index-linked gilts
U.S. fixed income - government securities
U.S. fixed income - short duration
U.S. fixed income - intermediate duration
U.S. fixed income - long corporate
Total fixed income funds
Other types of investments:
International real estate(3)
Other(4)
Total
$
(1) Cash and cash equivalents consist of traditional domestic and foreign highly liquid short-term securities with the goal of providing
liquidity and preservation of capital while maximizing return on assets.
(2) The International category consists of investment funds focused on companies operating in developed and emerging markets
outside of the U.S. These investments target broad diversification across large and mid/small-cap companies and economic sectors.
(3)
International real estate consists primarily of equity and debt investments made, directly or indirectly, in various interests in
unimproved and improved real properties.
(4) Other investments consist of insurance and reinsurance contracts securing the retirement benefits. The fair value of these contracts
was calculated at the discount value of premiums paid by the Company, less expenses charged by the insurance providers. The
insurance providers with which the Company has placed these contracts are well-known financial institutions with an established
history of providing insurance services.
(5) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not
been categorized in the fair value hierarchy.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans at various locations throughout the world. Benefits are determined and
funded regularly based on terms of the plans or as stipulated in a collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s full-time
salaried and hourly employees in the U.S. are eligible to participate in Company-sponsored defined contribution savings plans,
which are qualified plans under the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions
to the savings plans are in the form of cash. The Company’s total contributions to all worldwide defined contribution plans for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $40.4 million, $19.5 million and $15.9 million, respectively.
Other Benefit Plans
The Company offers a long-term service award program for qualified employees at certain of its non-U.S. locations. Under this
program, qualified employees receive a service gratuity (“Jubilee”) payment once they have achieved a certain number of years
of service. The Company’s actuarially calculated obligation equaled $4.4 million and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
85
There are various other employment contracts, deferred compensation arrangements, covenants not to compete, and change in
control agreements with certain employees and former employees. The liabilities associated with such arrangements are not
material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Note 12:
Stockholders' Equity and Noncontrolling Interests
Stockholders' Equity
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 1,000,000,000 shares of voting common stock were authorized. Shares of common stock
outstanding were 418,627,809 and 205,065,744 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company is governed by
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. All authorized shares of voting common stock have a par value of
$0.01. Shares of common stock reacquired are considered issued and reported as Treasury shares.
Noncontrolling Interests
The Company has a controlling interest of approximately 75% in Ingersoll-Rand India Limited (“IR India Limited”). The
remaining shares are owned by unaffiliated shareholders and traded on India stock exchanges regulated by Securities and
Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”).
The Company’s acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial discussed in Note 2 “Business Combinations” resulted in an indirect
change in control of IR India Limited as defined by SEBI Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers (“SAST”)
regulations. As a result, the Company was required to pursue either a tender offer for a certain number of noncontrolling shares
or a voluntary delisting of the entity from India stock exchanges.
In June 2020, the Company initiated a tender offer to purchase up to 26% of outstanding shares of Ingersoll-Rand India Limited
from eligible noncontrolling shareholders. The offer price was determined in accordance with SEBI (SAST) regulations as the
average market price of shares of IR India Limited on India stock exchanges for a period of sixty days preceding the
announcement of the Ingersoll Rand Industrial merger transaction, adjusted for imputed interest for the period of time between
announcement of the merger and announcement of the tender offer.
The Company determined this offer was a freestanding financial instrument and not a contractual redemption right embedded in
the related equity securities. The noncontrolling interest remained classified and measured in accordance with ASC 810
Consolidation with the carrying value presented in permanent equity.
The tender offer concluded and was settled in July 2020. Approximately 6% of outstanding shares were tendered for an
aggregate purchase price of $14.9 million. As a result, the Company’s ownership interest in IR India Limited increased from
approximately 74% as of June 30, 2020 to approximately 80%. The Company was required by SEBI regulations to take
necessary steps to decrease the non-public shareholding of IR India Limited to at or below 75% within twelve months of the
date the non-public shareholding exceeded 75%.
In November 2020, the Company initiated an offer to sell up to 5% of the total shares of IR India Limited on India stock
exchanges. The offer for sale concluded and was settled in November 2020. Approximately 5% of outstanding shares were sold
for an aggregate purchase price of $11.9 million. As a result, the Company’s ownership interest in IR India Limited decreased
from approximately 80% as of September 30, 2020 to approximately 75% after the sale.
Share Repurchase Program
On August 1, 2018, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand authorized a share repurchase program pursuant to which the
Company may repurchase up to $250.0 million of its common stock effective through July 31, 2020, the date on which the
repurchase program expired. Under the repurchase program, Ingersoll Rand was authorized to repurchase shares through open
market purchases, privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise in accordance with all applicable securities laws and
regulations, including through Rule 10b5-1 trading plans and under Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Act of 1934.
There were no shares repurchased under the August 1, 2018 program for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
86
Note 13:
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of (i) unrealized foreign currency net gains and losses on the
translation of the assets and liabilities of its foreign operations; (ii) realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses on
intercompany notes of a long-term nature and certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations, net of income taxes; (iii)
unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges (consisting of interest rate swaps), net of income taxes; and (iv) pension and
other postretirement prior service cost and actuarial gains or losses, net of income taxes. See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” and Note
18 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk.”
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2018-02 which reclassified stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts
and Jobs Act from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained (deficit) earnings. The Company recorded a
cumulative-effect adjustment which increased “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet by
$8.2 million.
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Targeted
Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities using the modified retrospective approach. The Company recorded a
cumulative effect-adjustment on the adoption date increasing the opening balance of “Accumulated deficit” in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets by $0.3 million and decreasing “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet by
$0.3 million.
The before tax income (loss) and related income tax effect are as follows.
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments, Net
$
(129.6) $
(54.3)
(6.7)
(61.0)
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Before tax income
Income tax effect
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of
new accounting standard (ASU 2017-12)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Before tax income (loss)
Income tax effect
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of
new accounting standard (ASU 2018-02)
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Before tax income (loss)
Income tax effect
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$
$
$
—
(190.6) $
4.1
(5.6)
(1.5)
(1.5)
(193.6) $
253.1
15.1
268.2
74.6 $
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Cash
Flow Hedges
Pension and
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Total
(29.8) $
25.3
(7.2)
18.1
0.3
(11.4) $
8.2
(1.0)
7.2
(6.7)
(10.9) $
14.2
(3.3)
10.9
— $
(40.4) $
(7.7)
3.1
(4.6)
—
(45.0) $
(9.3)
2.8
(6.5)
—
(51.5) $
(11.5)
2.6
(8.9)
(60.4) $
(199.8)
(36.7)
(10.8)
(47.5)
0.3
(247.0)
3.0
(3.8)
(0.8)
(8.2)
(256.0)
255.8
14.4
270.2
14.2
The tables above include only the other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc. Other
comprehensive loss, net, attributable to noncontrolling interest holders was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020
and related entirely to foreign currency translation adjustments.
87
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the periods described below are presented in the
following table(1).
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of
new accounting standard (ASU 2017-12)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of
new accounting standard (ASU 2018-02)
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive loss before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments, Net
$
(129.6) $
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Cash
Flow Hedges
Pension and
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Total
(61.0)
—
(61.0)
(29.8) $
(40.4) $
(199.8)
6.6
11.5
18.1
(6.0)
1.4
(4.6)
(60.4)
12.9
(47.5)
$
$
—
(190.6) $
0.3
(11.4) $
—
(45.0) $
0.3
(247.0)
(1.5)
—
(1.5)
(4.7)
11.9
7.2
(8.2)
1.7
(6.5)
(14.4)
13.6
(0.8)
(1.5)
(193.6) $
(6.7)
(10.9) $
—
(51.5) $
(8.2)
(256.0)
268.2
—
268.2
$
74.6 $
(3.0)
(11.2)
254.1
13.9
10.9
— $
2.3
(8.9)
(60.4) $
16.1
270.2
14.2
(1) All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.
Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018 are presented in the following table.
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
(Loss) Components
2020
2019
2018
Affected Line(s) in the Statement
Where Net Income is Presented
Loss on cash flow hedges (interest rate swaps)
Benefit for income taxes
Loss on cash flow hedges (interest rate swaps), net of tax
Amortization of defined benefit pension and other
postretirement benefit items(1)
Benefit for income taxes
Amortization of defined benefit pension and other
postretirement benefit items, net of tax
$
$
$
18.5 $
(4.6)
13.9 $
15.6 $
(3.7)
11.9 $
15.1
Interest expense
(3.6) Benefit for income taxes
11.5
3.0 $
(0.8)
2.2 $
(0.5)
Cost of sales and Selling and
administrative expenses
1.8
(0.4) Benefit for income taxes
$
2.3 $
1.7 $
1.4
Total reclassifications for the period
$
16.1 $
13.6 $
12.9
(1) These components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for additional details.
88
Note 14:
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Overview
The Company recognizes revenue when the Company has satisfied its obligation and control is transferred to the customer. The
amount of revenue recognized includes adjustments for any variable consideration, such as rebates, sales discounts, liquidated
damages, etc., which are included in the transaction price, and allocated to each performance obligation. The variable
consideration is estimated throughout the course of the contract using the Company’s best estimates. Judgements impacting
variable consideration related to material rebate and sales discount programs, and significant contracts containing liquidated
damage clauses are governed by management review processes.
The majority of the Company’s revenues are derived from short duration contracts and revenue is recognized at a single point in
time when control is transferred to the customer, generally at shipment or when delivery has occurred or services have been
rendered.
The Company has certain long duration engineered to order (“ETO”) contracts that require highly-engineered solutions
designed to customer specific applications. For contracts where the contractual deliverables have no alternative use and the
contract termination clauses provide for the recovery of cost plus a reasonable margin, revenue is recognized over time based
on the Company’s progress in satisfying the contractual performance obligations, generally measured as the ratio of actual costs
incurred to date to the estimated total costs to complete the contract. For contracts with termination provisions that do not
provide for recovery of cost and a reasonable margin, revenue is recognized at a point in time, generally at shipment or delivery
to the customer. Identification of performance obligations, determination of alternative use, assessment of contractual language
regarding termination provisions, and estimation of total project costs are all significant judgments required in the application of
ASC 606.
Contractual specifications and requirements may be modified. The Company considers contract modifications to exist when the
modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. In the event a contract modification
is for goods or services that are not distinct in the contract, and therefore, form part of a single performance obligation that is
partially satisfied as of the modification date, the effect of the contract modification on the transaction price and the Company’s
measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis.
Taxes assessed by a government authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing
transaction, that are collected by the Company from a customer, are excluded from revenue. Sales commissions are due at either
collection of payment from customers or recognition of revenue. Applying the practical expedient from ASC 340-40-25-4, the
Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the
assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in “Selling and
administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
89
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table provides disaggregated revenue by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Industrial
Technologies
and Services
Precision
and Science
Technologies
Specialty
Vehicle
Technologies
High
Pressure
Solutions
Total
Primary Geographic Markets
United States
Other Americas
Total Americas
EMEIA
Asia Pacific
Total
Product Categories
Original equipment(1)
Aftermarket(2)
Total
Pattern of Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognized at point in time(3)
Revenue recognized over time(4)
Total
$
$
$
$
$
1,142.8 $
280.7
1,423.5
1,054.4
770.3
3,248.2 $
297.1 $
38.7
335.8
256.5
132.7
725.0 $
647.3 $
37.5
684.8
30.9
25.7
741.4 $
148.4 $
26.1
174.5
16.2
4.9
195.6 $
2,235.6
383.0
2,618.6
1,358.0
933.6
4,910.2
1,942.8
1,305.4
3,248.2 $
618.8
106.2
725.0 $
548.3
193.1
741.4 $
26.0
169.6
195.6 $
3,135.9
1,774.3
4,910.2
2,937.1 $
311.1
3,248.2 $
725.0 $
—
725.0 $
722.0 $
19.4
741.4 $
195.6 $
—
195.6 $
4,579.7
330.5
4,910.2
The following table provides disaggregated revenue by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Primary Geographic Markets
United States
Other Americas
Total Americas
EMEIA
Asia Pacific
Total
Product Categories
Original equipment(1)
Aftermarket(2)
Total
Pattern of Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognized at point in time(3)
Revenue recognized over time(4)
Total
Industrial
Technologies
and Services
Precision
and Science
Technologies
Specialty
Vehicle
Technologies
High
Pressure
Solutions
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
484.0 $
132.5
616.5
765.7
318.7
1,700.9 $
140.7 $
14.4
155.1
112.1
49.4
316.6 $
1,152.0 $
548.9
1,700.9 $
303.4 $
13.2
316.6 $
1,561.5 $
139.4
1,700.9 $
316.6 $
—
316.6 $
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
373.3 $
40.8
414.1
13.4
6.9
434.4 $
998.0
187.7
1,185.7
891.2
375.0
2,451.9
69.8 $
364.6
434.4 $
1,525.2
926.7
2,451.9
434.4 $
—
434.4 $
2,312.5
139.4
2,451.9
(1) Revenues from sales of capital equipment within the Industrial Technologies and services and High Pressure Solutions segments
and sales of components to original equipment manufacturers in the Precision and Science Technologies segment.
(2) Revenues from sales of spare parts, accessories, other components and services in support of maintaining customer owned, installed
base of the Company’s original equipment. Service revenue represents less than 10% of consolidated revenue.
90
(3) Revenues from short and long duration product and service contracts recognized at a point in time when control is transferred to the
customer generally when product delivery has occurred and services have been rendered.
(4) Revenues primarily from long duration ETO product contracts, certain multi-year service contracts, and certain contracts for the
delivery of a significant volume of substantially similar products recognized over time as contractual performance obligations are
completed.
Performance Obligations
The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer goods and/or services.
For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company utilizes observable prices to determine standalone selling
price or cost plus margin if a standalone price is not available. The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling
activities as fulfillment costs and not a separate performance obligation. If control transfers and related revenue is recognized
for the related good before the shipping and handling activities occur, the related costs of those shipping and handling activities
are accrued.
The Company’s primary performance obligations include delivering standard or configured to order (“CTO”) goods to
customers, designing and manufacturing a broad range of equipment customized to a customer’s specifications in ETO
arrangements, rendering of services (maintenance and repair contracts), and certain extended or service type warranties. For
incidental items that are immaterial in the context of the contract, costs are expensed as incurred or accrued at delivery.
As of December 31, 2020, for contracts with an original duration greater than one year, the Company expects to recognize
revenue in the future related to unsatisfied (or partially satisfied) performance obligations of $405.1 million in the next twelve
months and $322.5 million in periods thereafter. The performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially satisfied) are
primarily related to orders for goods or services that were placed prior to the end of the reporting period and have not been
delivered to the customer, on-going work on ETO contracts where revenue is recognized over time and service contracts with
an original duration greater than one year.
Contract Balances
The following table provides the contract balances as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 presented in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Contract liabilities
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
459.1
$
29.0
51.7
966.6 $
60.5
176.5
Accounts receivable, net – Amounts due where the Company’s right to receive cash is unconditional. Customer receivables
are recorded at face amount less an allowance for credit losses. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses as a
result of customers’ inability to make required payments. Management evaluates the aging of customer receivable balances, the
financial condition of its customers, historical trends and the time outstanding of specific balances to estimate the amount of
customer receivables that may not be collected in the future and records the appropriate provision. As of December 31,
2020, approximately $599.9 million of the increase in accounts receivable related to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company increased its allowance for credit losses by $12.5 million in response to a
filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection of a customer in the High Pressure Solutions segment.
Contract assets – The Company’s rights to consideration for the satisfaction of performance obligations subject to constraints
apart from timing. Contract assets are transferred to receivables when the right to collect consideration becomes unconditional.
Contract assets are presented net of progress billings and related advances from customers. As of December 31,
2020, approximately $18.2 million of the increase in contract assets related to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Contract liabilities – Advance payments received from customers for contracts for which revenue is not yet recognized.
Contract liability balances are generally recognized in revenue within twelve months. Of the $51.7 million in contract liabilities
as of December 31, 2019, we recognized substantially all as revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020. As of December 31,
2020, approximately $113.9 million of the increase in contract liabilities related to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Contract assets and liabilities are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each
reporting period. Contract assets and liabilities are presented net on a contract level, where required.
91
Payments from customers are generally due 30-60 days after invoicing. Invoicing for sales of standard products generally
coincides with shipment or delivery of goods. Invoicing for CTO and ETO contracts typically follows a schedule for billing at
contractual milestones. Payment milestones normally include down payments upon the contract signing, completion of product
design, completion of customer’s preliminary inspection, shipment or delivery, completion of installation, and customer’s on-
site inspection. The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled
receivables (contract assets) and customer advances and deposits (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company has elected the practical expedient from ASC 606-10-32-18 and does not adjust the transaction price for the
effects of a financing component if, at contract inception, the period between when the Company transfers a promised good or
service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.
Note 15:
Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following.
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Income (loss) before income taxes
2020
2019
2018
$
$
(129.1) $
109.7
(19.4) $
— $
190.9
190.9 $
169.0
180.5
349.5
The following table details the components of the Provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018.
Current:
U.S. federal
U.S. state and local
Non-U.S.
Deferred:
U.S. federal
U.S. state and local
Non-U.S.
Provision for income taxes
2020
2019
2018
$
$
27.7 $
10.2
79.5
(53.4)
(5.5)
(45.5)
13.0 $
6.3 $
0.9
45.2
(13.2)
0.5
(7.9)
31.8 $
25.6
1.5
47.8
14.4
(0.7)
(8.5)
80.1
Certain prior period amounts within this Note have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
92
The U.S. federal corporate statutory rate is reconciled to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 as follows.
2020
2019
2018
U.S. federal corporate statutory rate
State and local taxes, less federal tax benefit
U.S. deferred change due to U.S. tax law change
Net effects of foreign tax rate differential
Withholding tax
Repatriation cost
U.S. transition tax toll charge net of FTC
Global Intangible Low-Tax Income (“GILTI”)
ASC 740-30 (formerly APB 23)
Valuation allowance changes
Uncertain tax positions
Equity compensation
Nondeductible foreign interest expense
Capital gain
Nondeductible acquisition costs
Foreign Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”) deduction
Tax credits
Other, net
Effective income tax rate
21.0 %
(23.5)
—
(30.8)
(30.4)
40.9
—
(27.4)
(43.7)
11.3
(11.0)
19.4
—
—
(18.2)
29.5
16.1
(20.2)
(67.0) %
21.0 %
1.4
—
1.3
0.2
—
—
(2.5)
1.2
(2.5)
0.4
(9.1)
—
3.0
3.5
(0.4)
(0.5)
(0.3)
16.7 %
21.0 %
0.3
4.3
2.2
1.3
(1.5)
(3.7)
3.4
(1.0)
(1.2)
0.1
(3.0)
1.7
—
0.1
(0.3)
(0.6)
(0.2)
22.9 %
The principal items that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows.
Deferred Tax Assets:
Reserves and accruals
Bad debts
Inventory reserve
Postretirement benefits - pensions
Tax loss carryforwards
Deferred taxes recorded in other comprehensive income
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
LIFO inventory
Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles
Unremitted foreign earnings
Deferred taxes recorded in other comprehensive income
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred income tax liability
93
2020
2019
$
76.9 $
12.0
12.3
62.6
102.7
18.0
74.6
13.5
372.6
(141.3)
(25.1)
(60.7)
(972.6)
(32.5)
—
—
(1,090.9)
$
(859.6) $
30.8
3.3
4.2
19.3
28.4
—
52.2
1.0
139.2
(67.9)
(9.3)
(15.5)
(280.9)
(7.8)
(4.1)
(1.8)
(319.4)
(248.1)
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize its deferred tax assets through the reduction of future
taxable income, other than for the deferred tax assets reflected below. Tax attributes and related valuation allowances as of
December 31, 2020 were as follows.
Tax Attributes to be Carried Forward
U.S. federal net operating loss
U.S. federal net operating loss
U.S. federal capital loss
U.S. federal capital loss
U.S. federal tax credit
Alternative minimum tax credit
U.S. state and local net operating losses
U.S. state and local tax credit
Non U.S. net operating losses
Non U.S. capital losses
Excess interest
Other deferred tax assets
Total tax carryforwards
Tax Benefit
Valuation
Allowance
Carryforward
Period Ends
$
$
0.2 $
9.8
7.6
0.8
74.6
1.3
3.0
0.3
71.9
0.6
9.1
2.7
181.9 $
—
(2.1)
(7.6)
(0.8)
(74.6)
(0.1)
(0.7)
—
(48.8)
(0.5)
(2.9)
(3.1)
(141.2)
Unlimited
2030-2039
2021
2030-2039
2021-2037
Unlimited
2021-2039
2021-2039
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
A reconciliation of the changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018 are as follows.
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at beginning of the period
Revaluation or additions due to acquisitions or mergers(1)
Change due to U.S. Tax Reform
Charged to tax expense
Charged to other accounts
Deductions(2)
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at end of the period
2020
2019
2018
$
$
67.9 $
63.3
—
8.9
1.1
0.1
141.3 $
72.5 $
—
—
(5.4)
0.1
0.7
67.9 $
47.9
—
23.4
(4.2)
(1.3)
6.7
72.5
(1)
Revaluation for the tax year ended December 31, 2020 relates to the inclusion of Ingersoll Rand's opening balance sheet (“OBS”)
beginning valuation allowance.
(2) Deductions relate to the realization of net operating losses or the removal of deferred tax assets.
Total unrecognized tax benefits were $27.8 million, $12.5 million and $11.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, respectively. The net increase in this balance primarily relates to increases related to current-year positions of
$16.8 million assumed in the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial and currency fluctuations of $2.0 million. Included in total
unrecognized benefits at December 31, 2020 is $27.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company's
effective tax rate if recognized, of which $0.1 million would be offset by a reduction of a corresponding deferred tax asset. The
balance of total unrecognized tax benefits is expected to decrease $11 million to $15 million within the next twelve months.
94
Below is a tabular reconciliation of the changes in total unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018.
Beginning balance
Gross increases for tax positions of prior years
Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years
Gross increases for tax positions of current year
Settlements
Lapse of statute of limitations
Changes due to currency fluctuations
Ending balance
2020
2019
2018
12.5 $
—
—
16.8
—
(3.5)
2.0
27.8 $
11.5 $
0.6
—
—
—
—
0.4
12.5 $
12.6
—
—
—
—
(0.5)
(0.6)
11.5
$
$
The Company includes interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of the provision for income
taxes. The Company's income tax liabilities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 include accrued interest and penalties of $2.3
million and $1.3 million, respectively.
The statutes of limitations for U.S. Federal tax returns are open beginning with the 2017 tax year, and state returns are open
beginning with the 2016 tax year.
The Company is subject to income tax in approximately 46 jurisdictions outside the U.S. The statute of limitations varies by
jurisdiction with 2015 being the oldest year still open. The Company's significant operations outside the U.S. are located in the
United Kingdom, Germany, China, Ireland and Singapore. The Company is no longer subject to audit or inquiry in the United
Kingdom (all prior year tax audits were concluded as of the date of these financial statements. In Germany, generally, the tax
years 2011 and beyond remain open, as tax years 2011-2014 are still under audit, and a new tax audit covering tax years
2015-2019 was notified to the Company in 2020. The Company is under audit in Italy for tax years 2016 – 2018. However, as
this audit covers pre-merger tax years for legacy Ingersoll Rand Industrial entities, the Company has been indemnified by Trane
Technologies for any future liability arising from the audit. Note that any other liabilities arising from pre-merger tax years for
legacy Ingersoll Rand Industrial entities would be similarly indemnified.
The Company does not assert the ASC 740-30 (formerly APB 23) indefinite reinvestment of the Company’s historical non-U.S.
earnings or future non-U.S. earnings. This assertion has not changed following the merger. The Company records a deferred
foreign tax liability to cover all estimated withholding, state income tax and foreign income tax associated with repatriating all
non-U.S. earnings back to the United States. The Company’s deferred income tax liability as of December 31, 2020 was $32.5
million which is a significant increase over prior year due mainly to increased foreign operations as a result of the Ingersoll
Rand Industrial acquisition.
Note 16:
Leases
The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method. See Note 2 “New Accounting
Standards” for further discussion of the adoption.
The Company has operating and financing leases for real estate, vehicles, IT equipment, office equipment and production
equipment. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease and identifies the classification of the lease as a financing
lease or an operating lease at inception. Operating leases are recorded as operating lease right-of-use assets (“ROU assets”) in
“Other assets” and operating lease liabilities in “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Financing leases are recorded as financing ROUs in “Property, plant and equipment” and lease liabilities in “Short-term
borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt” and “Long-term debt, less current maturities” in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
At the date of commencement, lease liabilities are recorded at the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the
lease term. The lease term is equal to the initial term at commencement plus any renewal or extension options that the Company
is reasonably certain will be exercised. ROU assets at the date of commencement are equal to the amount of the initial lease
liability, the initial direct costs incurred by the Company and any prepaid lease payments less any incentives received.
Subsequent to the commencement date, operating lease liabilities are recorded at the present value of unpaid lease payments
discounted at a discount rate established at the commencement date. Due to the absence of an implicit rate in the Company’s
95
lease contracts, an incremental borrowing rate is used in the determination of the present value of future lease payments.
Incremental borrowing rates for a lease are based on the lease term, lease currency and the Company’s credit spread. Operating
ROU assets are recorded as the beginning balance less accumulated amortization with accumulated amortization equaling the
straight-lined lease expense less the periodic accretion of the lease liability using the effective interest rate method.
Subsequent to the commencement date, financing lease liabilities are increased to reflect interest on the lease liability and
decreased for principal lease payments made. The financing ROU asset is measured at cost less amortization expense and any
accumulated impairment loss. Amortization expense is calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term or remaining
useful life.
The Company’s lease terms allow for the extension or termination of its leases and accounts for the extension and termination
when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option or terminate the lease. Reassessment of the lease term
occurs when there is a significant event or a significant change in circumstances that is within the control of the Company that
directly affects whether the Company is reasonably certain to exercise or not to exercise an option to extend or terminate the
lease or to purchase the underlying asset.
Contractual specifications and requirements may be modified. The Company considers contract modifications to exist when the
modification includes a change to the contractual terms, scope of the lease or the consideration given. In the event that the right
to use an additional asset is granted and the lease payments associated with the additional asset are commensurate with the
ROU asset’s standalone price, the modification is accounted for as a separate contract and the original contract remains
unchanged. In the event that a single lease is modified, the Company reassessed the classification of the modified lease as of the
effective date of the modification based on the modified terms and accounts for initial direct costs, lease incentives and any
other payments made to or by the Company in connection with the modification in the same manner that items would be
accounted for in connection with a new lease. If there is an additional ROU asset included, the lease term is extended or
reduced, or the consideration is the only change in the contract, the Company reallocates the remaining consideration in the
contract and remeasures the lease liability using a discount rate determined at the effective date of the modification. The
remeasured lease liability for the modified lease is an adjustment to the corresponding ROU asset and does not impact the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. In the event of a full or partial termination, the carrying value of the ROU asset
decreases on a basis proportionate to the full or partial termination and any difference between the reduction in the lease
liability and the proportionate reduction of the ROU asset is recognized as a gain or loss at the effective date of the
modification.
The Company elected not to recognize short-term leases on its balance sheet and continues to expense such leases. The
Company also elected the practical expedient allowing the Company to account for each separate lease component of a contract
and its associated non-lease component as a single lease component. This practical expedient was applied to all underlying asset
classes. Variable lease expense was not material.
The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows.
Operating lease cost
Finance lease cost
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Total finance lease cost
Short-term lease cost
2020
2019
49.7 $
20.4
1.2 $
1.1
2.3 $
2.2 $
1.4
1.6
3.0
1.7
$
$
$
$
96
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows.
Supplemental Cash Flows Information
Cash Paid for Amounts Included in the Measurement of Lease Liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases
Leased Assets Obtained in Exchange for New Operating Lease Liabilities(1)
2020
2019
$
60.2 $
1.1
0.7
171.6
20.3
1.6
0.9
8.0
(1) For the year ended December 31, 2020, this included leases related to the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows.
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
Operating leases
Other assets
Accrued liabilities
Other liabilities
Total operating lease liabilities
Finance Leases
Property, plant and equipment
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
Long-term debt, less current maturities
Total finance lease liabilities
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (in years)
Operating leases
Finance leases
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases
Finance leases
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 were as follows.
$
$
$
$
157.9
$
57.4
101.8
159.2
$
15.7
$
0.7
16.5
17.2
$
4.4
13.2
2.0 %
6.4 %
53.8
17.1
41.0
58.1
16.9
0.7
17.2
17.9
4.5
13.6
2.3 %
6.3 %
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
Total
Operating Leases
$
Finance Leases
1.8
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
16.7
26.3
(9.1)
17.2
60.1 $
39.2
29.4
16.1
8.3
13.7
166.8 $
(7.6)
159.2 $
$
$
97
Note 17:
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
The Company has outstanding stock-based compensation awards granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)
and the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”). Following the Company’s initial public offering, the Company grants
stock-based compensation awards pursuant to the 2017 Plan and ceased granting new awards pursuant to the 2013 Plan.
2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan
In May 2017, the Company’s Board approved the 2017 Plan. Additionally, in February 2020, the Company’s stockholders
approved the amendment and restatement of the 2017 Plan. Under the terms of the Plan, the Company’s Board may grant up
to 19.6 million stock based and other incentive awards. Any shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted
under the Company’s 2013 plan that, after the effective date of the 2017 Plan, expire or are otherwise forfeited or terminated in
accordance with their terms are also available for grant under the 2017 Plan. All stock options were granted to employees,
directors and advisors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s per share common stock at the date of
grant. Stock option awards typically vest over four or five years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
2013 Stock Incentive Plan
The Company adopted the 2013 Plan on October 14, 2013 as amended on April 27, 2015 under which the Company had the
ability to grant stock-based compensation awards to employees, directors and advisors. The total number of shares available for
grant under the 2013 Plan and reserved for issuance was 20.9 million shares. All stock options were granted to employees,
directors and advisors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s per share common stock at the date of
grant. Stock option awards vested over either five, four, or three years with 50% of each award vesting based on time and 50%
of each award vesting based on the achievement of certain financial targets.
Acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial
As of the acquisition date of February 29, 2020, Ingersoll Rand Industrial employees’ unvested equity awards and a limited
number of vested awards were converted into equity awards denominated in shares of the Company’s common stock based on a
defined exchange ratio. Ingersoll Rand Industrial employees’ equity awards were converted into Ingersoll Rand stock options
and restricted stock units.
For converted restricted stock units, the fair value of the equity award is based on the market price of the common stock on the
grant date. The replacement restricted stock units will generally be governed by the same terms and conditions as those
applicable prior to the acquisition. The portion of fair value of the replacement awards related to services provided prior to the
acquisition was accounted for as consideration transferred. The remaining portion of the fair value is associated with future
service and is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.
For converted stock options, the exercise price per share of the converted award was equal to the exercise price per share of the
stock option award immediately prior to the completion of the acquisition divided by the exchange ratio. The replacement
options will generally be governed by the same terms and conditions as those applicable prior to the acquisition. The portion of
fair value of the replacement awards related to services provided prior to the acquisition was accounted for as consideration
transferred. The remaining portion of fair value is associated with future service and is recognized as compensation expense
over the vesting period. The fair value of stock options that the Company assumed in connection with the acquisition of
Ingersoll Rand Industrial was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions.
Converted Stock Option Awards Assumptions:
Expected life of options (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Assumed volatility
Expected dividend rate
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
2.0 - 3.6
0.9 %
34.2 %
0.0 %
The Company recognized $51.3 million, $19.2 million and $2.8 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
98
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the $51.3 million of stock-based compensation expense included expense for
modifications of certain equity awards for certain former employees of $2.9 million, expense for equity awards granted under
the 2013 Plan and 2017 Plan of $47.1 million and an increase in the liability for stock appreciation rights (“SAR”) of $1.3
million. The $2.9 million of stock-based compensation expense for modifications provided continued vesting through scheduled
vesting dates of certain equity awards for certain former employees. These costs are included in “Selling and administrative
expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Of the $47.1 million of expense for equity awards granted under the
2013 Plan and 2017 Plan, $19.0 million related to the $150 million equity grant to nearly 16,000 employees worldwide
announced in the third quarter of 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, the $19.2 million of stock-based compensation expense included expense for
modifications of equity awards for certain former employees of $1.0 million, expense for equity awards granted under the 2013
Plan and 2017 Plan of $10.2 million reduced by a benefit for a reduction in the liability for SARs of $8.0 million. The $1.0
million of stock-based compensation expense for modifications provided continued vesting through scheduled vesting dates of
certain equity awards for certain former employees. These costs are included in “Cost of sales” and “Selling and administrative
expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, the $2.8 million of stock-based compensation expense included expense for
modifications of equity awards for certain former employees of $3.8 million, expense for equity awards granted under the 2013
Plan and 2017 Plan of $7.2 million reduced by a benefit for a reduction in the liability for SARs of $(8.2) million. The $3.8
million of stock-based compensation expense for modifications provided continued vesting through scheduled vesting dates and
extended expiration dates for certain former employees. The incremental stock-based compensation was determined using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model based on assumptions which included expected lives of 1.0 to 1.3 years, a risk-free rate
of 2.0%, assumed volatility of 26.8% to 27.3% and an expected dividend rate of 0.0%.
As of December 31, 2020, there was $166.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding stock
option, restricted stock unit and performance share unit awards.
SARs, granted under the 2013 Plan are expected to be settled in cash and are accounted for as liability awards. As of
December 31, 2020 and 2019 a liability of approximately $3.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively, for SARs was included in
“Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Stock Option Awards
A summary of the Company’s stock option (including SARs) activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 is presented in the
following table (underlying shares in thousands).
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
(per share)
Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value of In-The-
Money Options
(in millions)
Shares
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
Converted Ingersoll Rand Industrial stock options
Granted
Exercised or Settled
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Vested at December 31, 2020
8,028 $
985
1,460
(2,479)
(237)
(15)
7,742
4,642
14.14
24.72
24.77
9.83
26.01
30.26
18.47
13.09
6.2 $
4.7 $
208.5
149.4
The per-share weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018 was $9.29, $10.16 and $13.67, respectively.
The intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $66.0 million, $109.8 million and $20.8 million during the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
99
The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018.
2020
2019
2018
Assumptions:
Expected life of options (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Assumed volatility
Expected dividend rate
Restricted Stock Unit Awards
6.3
0.4% - 1.5%
7.0 - 7.5
6.3
2.9% - 3.1%
1.7% - 2.6%
24.6% - 41.1% 24.8% - 31.8% 31.1% - 35.4%
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
Restricted stock units are typically granted in the first quarter of the year to employees and non-employee directors based on the
market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date and recognized in compensation expense over the vesting
period. Eligible employees were also granted restricted stock units, during the third quarter of 2020, that vest ratably over two
years, subject to the passage of time and the employee's continued employment during such period. In some instances, such as
death, awards may vest concurrently with or following an employee's termination.
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 is presented in the following
table (underlying shares in thousands).
Non-vested as of December 31, 2019
Converted Ingersoll Rand Industrial restricted stock units
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested as of December 31, 2020
Performance Share Unit Awards
Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
29.31
33.06
33.40
30.14
31.79
33.09
Shares
719
305
5,043
(312)
(209)
5,546
Performance share units are granted to certain key employees and are subject to a three years performance period. The number
of shares issued at the end of the performance period is determined by the Company’s total shareholder return percentile rank
versus the S&P 500 index for the three year performance period. The grant date fair value of these awards is determined using a
Monte Carlo simulation pricing model and compensation cost is recognized straight-line over a three year period. The Monte
Carlo simulation pricing model for the fiscal year 2020 grants utilized the following assumptions: (i) expected term of 2.82
years (equal to the remaining performance measurement period at the grant date), (ii) volatility of 35.2%, (iii) risk-free interest
rate of 0.5% and (iv) expected dividend rate of 0.0%. Compensation expense is recognized based on the grant date fair value.
A summary of the Company’s performance stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 is presented in the
following table (underlying shares in thousands).
Non-vested as of December 31, 2019
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested as of December 31, 2020
100
Shares
Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
—
29.72
—
29.72
29.72
— $
302
—
(47)
255
Note 18:
Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk
Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain market risks during the normal course of its business arising from adverse changes in
interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company selectively uses derivative financial instruments
(“derivatives”), including foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps, to manage the risks from fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, respectively. The Company does not purchase or hold derivatives for trading
or speculative purposes. Fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates can be volatile, and the Company’s
risk management activities do not totally eliminate these risks. Consequently, these fluctuations could have a significant effect
on the Company’s financial results.
The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk results primarily from its variable-rate borrowings. The Company manages its
debt centrally, considering tax consequences and its overall financing strategies. The Company manages its exposure to interest
rate risk by using pay-fixed interest rate swaps from time to time as cash flow hedges of variable rate debt in order to adjust the
relative fixed and variable proportions.
A substantial portion of the Company’s operations is conducted by its subsidiaries outside of the United States in currencies
other than the USD. Almost all of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries conduct their business primarily in their local
currencies, which are also their functional currencies. Other than the USD, the EUR, GBP, and Chinese Renminbi are the
principal currencies in which the Company and its subsidiaries enter into transactions. The Company is exposed to the impacts
of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the translation of its non-U.S. subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and earnings into
USD. The Company has certain U.S. subsidiaries borrow in currencies other than the USD.
The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to the risk that arises when they, from time to time, enter into transactions in
currencies other than their functional currency. To mitigate this risk, the Company and its subsidiaries typically settle
intercompany trading balances at least quarterly. The Company also selectively uses forward currency contracts to manage this
risk. These contracts for the sale or purchase of non-functional currencies generally mature within one year.
Derivative Instruments
The following table summarizes the notional amounts, fair values and classification of the Company’s outstanding derivatives
by risk category and instrument type within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Derivative
Classification
Notional
Amount(1)
Fair Value(1)
Other Current
Assets
Fair Value(1)
Other Assets
Fair Value(1)
Accrued
Liabilities
Fair Value(1)
Other
Liabilities
December 31, 2020
Derivatives Not Designated
as Hedging Instruments
Foreign currency forwards
Foreign currency forwards
Derivatives Designated as
Hedging Instruments
Interest rate swap contracts
Derivatives Not Designated
as Hedging Instruments
Foreign currency forwards
Foreign currency forwards
Fair Value
Fair Value
$
$
230.5 $
51.2 $
2.9 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
0.7 $
—
—
Derivative
Classification
Notional
Amount(1)
Fair Value(1)
Other Current
Assets
Fair Value(1)
Other Assets
Fair Value(1)
Accrued
Liabilities
Fair Value(1)
Other
Liabilities
December 31, 2019
Cash Flow
$
825.0 $
— $
— $
13.1 $
Fair Value
Fair Value
$
$
55.2 $
106.9 $
0.5 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
0.5 $
—
—
—
(1) Notional amounts represent the gross contract amounts of the outstanding derivatives excluding the total notional amount of
positions that have been effectively closed through offsetting positions. The net gains and net losses associated with positions that
have been effectively closed through offsetting positions but not yet settled are included in the asset and liability derivatives fair
value columns, respectively.
101
Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are presented in the table below.
Interest Rate Swap Contracts
Gain (loss) recognized in AOCI on derivatives
Loss reclassified from AOCI into income (effective portion)(1)
Loss reclassified from AOCI into income (missed forecast)(2)
2020
2019
2018
$
(4.4) $
(18.5)
—
(7.4) $
(15.6)
—
10.1
(14.5)
(0.6)
(1) Losses on derivatives reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) into income were included in “Interest
expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2)
In the third quarter of 2018, the Company used excess cash to pay down $150.0 million of its Dollar Term Loan Facility. Due to this
unforecasted pay down of debt, the Company paid $2.7 million in the amendment of the interest rate swap contracts to reflect the
updated forecasted cash flows. The updated forecasts caused certain hedged items to be deemed probable of not occurring in the
future and thus, the Company accelerated the release of AOCI related to those hedged items. Losses reclassified from AOCI into
income (missed forecast) were included in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has no interest rate swap contracts. Our previous interest rate swap contracts expired
during the third quarter of 2020 and the remaining amounts in AOCI were reclassified to Interest Expense during the same
period. The Company’s LIBOR-based variable rate borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2020 were $3,204.4 million and
€596.7 million.
The Company had ten foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2020 with notional amounts ranging
from $10.3 million to $79.5 million. These contracts are used to hedge the change in fair value of recognized foreign currency
denominated assets or liabilities caused by changes in currency exchange rates. The changes in the fair value of these contracts
generally offset the changes in the fair value of a corresponding amount of the hedged items, both of which are included within
“Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s foreign currency forward
contracts are subject to master netting arrangements or agreements between the Company and each counterparty for the net
settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default on or termination of any one
contract with that certain counterparty. It is the Company’s practice to recognize the gross amounts in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The amount available to be netted is not material.
The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges and total net foreign currency
transaction gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows.
Foreign currency forward contracts gains (losses)
Total foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net
2020
2019
2018
15.0
(20.9)
(4.9)
(8.1)
5.2
1.9
The Company has a significant investment in consolidated subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the USD,
particularly the EUR. On August 17, 2017, the Company designated the €615.0 million Euro Term Loan as a hedge of the
Company’s net investment in subsidiaries with EUR functional currencies. As of December 31, 2020, the Euro Term Loan of
€596.7 million remained designated.
The Company’s gains, net of income tax, associated with changes in the value of debt for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019, and the net balance of such gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31,
2020 and 2019 were as follows.
Gain (loss), net of income tax, recorded through other comprehensive income
Balance included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively
$
(45.1) $
30.7
12.0
75.8
2020
2019
With the exception of the cash proceeds from the termination of the interest rate swap contracts described earlier, all cash flows
associated with derivatives are classified as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
There were no off-balance sheet derivative instruments as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
102
Credit Risk
Credit risk related to derivatives arises when amounts receivable from a counterparty exceed those payable. Because the
notional amount of the derivative instruments only serves as a basis for calculating amounts receivable or payable, the risk of
loss with any counterparty is limited to a fraction of the notional amount. The Company minimizes the credit risk related to
derivatives by transacting only with multiple, high-quality counterparties that are major financial institutions with investment-
grade credit ratings. The Company has not experienced any financial loss as a result of counterparty nonperformance in the
past. The majority of the derivative contracts to which the Company is a party, settle monthly or quarterly, or mature within one
year. Because of these factors, the Company believes it has minimal credit risk related to derivative contracts as of
December 31, 2020.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the wide variety of customers and industries to
which the Company’s products and services are sold, as well as their dispersion across many different geographic areas. As a
result, the Company does not believe it has any significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Note 19:
Fair Value Measurements
A financial instrument is defined as cash or cash equivalents, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that
creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver or receive cash or another financial instrument from another party. The
Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, trade accounts
payables, deferred compensation assets and obligations, derivatives and debt instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash
equivalents, trade accounts receivables, trade accounts payables, and variable rate debt instruments are a reasonable estimate of
their respective fair values.
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the
principal or more advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered
observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value as follows.
Level 1
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.
Level 2
Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for
similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.
Level 3
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the
fair value of the assets or liabilities.
The Company assessed indefinite-lived intangible assets, tradenames, in conjunction with the 2020 and 2019 annual goodwill
impairment tests. The valuation of tradenames was based upon current sales projections and the relief from royalty method was
applied. No impairment charges were recorded as a result of the 2019 analysis. As a result of the 2020 analysis, two trademarks
were determined to have a carrying amount above their estimated fair value. These represented Level 3 assets measured on a
nonrecurring basis subsequent to their original recognition. This resulted in a total non-cash impairment charge of $19.9
million. The fair value was determined using the relief from royalty method.
Refer to Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a discussion of the valuation assumptions utilized in the
valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
103
The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Financial Assets
Foreign currency forwards(1)
Trading securities held in deferred compensation plan(2)
Total
Financial Liabilities
Foreign currency forwards(1)
Deferred compensation plan(2)
Total
Financial Assets
Foreign currency forwards(1)
Trading securities held in deferred compensation plan(2)
Total
Financial Liabilities
Foreign currency forwards(1)
Interest rate swaps(3)
Deferred compensation plan(2)
Total
December 31, 2020
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
— $
9.1
9.1 $
— $
25.7
25.7 $
2.9 $
—
2.9 $
0.7 $
—
0.7 $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
2.9
9.1
12.0
0.7
25.7
26.4
December 31, 2019
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
— $
7.3
7.3 $
— $
—
7.3
7.3 $
0.5 $
—
0.5 $
0.5 $
13.1
—
13.6 $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
—
— $
0.5
7.3
7.8
0.5
13.1
7.3
20.9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1) Based on calculations that use readily observable market parameters as their basis, such as spot and forward rates.
(2) Based on the quoted price of publicly traded mutual funds which are classified as trading securities and accounted for using the
mark-to-market method.
(3) Measured as the present value of all expected future cash flows based on the LIBOR-based swap yield curves as of December 31,
2020. The present value calculation uses discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its
counterparties.
Note 20:
Contingencies
The Company is a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine
nature for a company of its size and sector. The Company believes that such proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions
will not materially adversely affect its operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. A more detailed
discussion of certain of these proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions is set forth below.
Asbestos and Silica Related Litigation
The Company has been named as a defendant in a number of asbestos-related and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The
plaintiffs in these suits allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources and typically the Company is one of
approximately 25 or more named defendants.
Predecessors to the Company sometimes manufactured, distributed and/or sold products allegedly at issue in the pending
asbestos and silica-related lawsuits (the “Products”). However, neither the Company nor its predecessors ever mined,
manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica sand, the materials that allegedly caused the injury
underlying the lawsuits. Moreover, the asbestos-containing components of the Products, if any, were enclosed within the
subject Products.
Although the Company has never mined, manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica sand nor sold
products that could result in a direct asbestos or silica exposure, many of the companies that did engage in such activities or
produced such products are no longer in operation. This has led to law firms seeking potential alternative companies to name in
lawsuits where there has been an asbestos or silica related injury.
104
The Company believes that the pending and future asbestos and silica-related lawsuits are not likely to, in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity, based on: the Company’s
anticipated insurance and indemnification rights to address the risks of such matters; the limited potential asbestos exposure
from the Products described above; the Company’s experience that the vast majority of plaintiffs are not impaired with a
disease attributable to alleged exposure to asbestos or silica from or relating to the Products or for which the Company
otherwise bears responsibility; various potential defenses available to the Company with respect to such matters; and the
Company’s prior disposition of comparable matters. However, inherent uncertainties of litigation and future developments,
including, without limitation, potential insolvencies of insurance companies or other defendants, an adverse determination in
the Adams County Case (discussed below), or other inability to collect from the Company’s historical insurers or indemnitors,
could cause a different outcome. While the outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, based on presently known
facts, experience, and circumstances, the Company believes that the amounts accrued on its balance sheet are adequate and that
the liabilities arising from the asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets include a total litigation reserve of $131.4 million and $118.1 million as of December 31, 2020
and December 31, 2019 respectively, with regards to potential liability arising from the Company’s asbestos-related litigation.
Asbestos related defense costs are excluded from the asbestos claims liability and are recorded separately as services are
incurred. In the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be
material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operation or liquidity.
The Company has entered into a series of agreements with certain of its or its predecessors’ legacy insurers and certain potential
indemnitors to secure insurance coverage and/or reimbursement for the costs associated with the asbestos and silica-related
lawsuits filed against the Company. The Company has also pursued litigation against certain insurers or indemnitors, where
necessary. The Company has an insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos related recoveries of approximately $132.1
million and $122.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which was included in “Other
assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company received asbestos related
insurance recoveries of $14.4 million, of which $6.2 million related to the recovery of indemnity payments, and was recorded
as a reduction of the insurance recovery receivable in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and $8.2 million
related to the reimbursement of previously expensed legal defense costs, and was recorded as a reduction of “Selling and
administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no material recoveries received in the years
ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
The most recent significant action brought by the Company against an insurer, Gardner Denver, Inc. v. Certain Underwriters at
Lloyd’s, London, et al., was filed on July 9, 2010, in the Eighth Judicial Circuit, Adams County, Illinois, as case number 10-
L-48 (the “Adams County Case”). In the lawsuit, the Company seeks, among other things, to require certain excess insurer
defendants to honor their insurance policy obligations to the Company, including payment in whole or in part of the costs
associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits filed against the Company. In October 2011, the Company reached a settlement
with one of the insurer defendants, which had issued both primary and excess policies, for approximately the amount of such
defendant’s policies that were subject to the lawsuit. Since then, the case has been proceeding through the discovery and
motions process with the remaining insurer defendants. On January 29, 2016, the Company prevailed on the first phase of that
discovery and motions process (“Phase I”). Specifically, the Court in the Adams County Case ruled that the Company has rights
under all of the policies in the case, subject to their terms and conditions, even though the policies were sold to the Company’s
former owners rather than to the Company itself. On June 9, 2016, the Court denied a motion by several of the insurers who
sought permission to appeal the Phase I ruling immediately rather than waiting until the end of the whole case as is normally
required. The case is now proceeding through the discovery process regarding the remaining issues in dispute (“Phase II”).
A majority of the Company’s expected future recoveries of the costs associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits are the
subject of the Adams County Case.
The amounts recorded by the Company for asbestos-related liabilities and insurance recoveries are based on currently available
information and assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable based on an evaluation of relevant factors. The actual
liabilities or insurance recoveries could be higher or lower than those recorded if actual results vary significantly from the
assumptions. There are a number of key variables and assumptions including the number and type of new claims to be filed
each year, the resolution or outcome of these claims, the average cost of resolution of each new claim, the amount of insurance
available, allocation methodologies, the contractual terms with each insurer with whom the Company has reached settlements,
the resolution of coverage issues with other excess insurance carriers with whom the Company has not yet achieved
settlements, and the solvency risk with respect to the Company’s insurance carriers. Other factors that may affect the future
liability include uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, legal
rulings that may be made by state and federal courts, and the passage of state or federal legislation. The Company makes the
105
necessary adjustments for the asbestos liability and corresponding insurance recoveries on an annual basis unless facts or
circumstances warrant assessment as of an interim date.
Environmental Matters
The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to several sites designated for cleanup
under U.S. federal “Superfund” or similar state laws that impose liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related
natural resource damages. Persons potentially liable for such costs and damages generally include the site owner or operator and
persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at those sites. Although these laws impose
joint and several liability on PRPs, in application the PRPs typically allocate the investigation and cleanup costs based upon the
volume of waste contributed by each PRP. Based on currently available information, the Company was only a small contributor
to these waste sites, and the Company has, or is attempting to negotiate, de minimis settlements for their cleanup. The cleanup
of the remaining sites is substantially complete and the Company’s future obligations entail a share of the sites’ ongoing
operating and maintenance expense. The Company is also addressing several on-site cleanups for which it is the primary
responsible party.
The Company has undiscounted accrued liabilities of $13.7 million and $6.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019, respectively, on its Consolidated Balance Sheets to the extent costs are known or can be reasonably
estimated for its remaining financial obligations for the environmental matters discussed above and does not anticipate that any
of these matters will result in material additional costs beyond amounts accrued. Based upon consideration of currently
available information, the Company does not anticipate any material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial
condition, liquidity or competitive position as a result of compliance with federal, state, local or foreign environmental laws or
regulations, or cleanup costs relating to these matters.
Note 21:
Other Operating Expense, Net
The components of “Other operating expense, net” for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows.
Other Operating Expense, Net
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
Restructuring charges (1)
Shareholder litigation settlement recoveries(2)
Acquisition related expenses(3)
(Gains) losses on asset and business disposals
Other, net
Total other operating expense, net
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$
$
20.9 $
92.9
—
97.3
—
6.1
217.2 $
8.1 $
17.1
(6.0)
53.8
0.8
1.9
75.7 $
(1.9)
12.7
(9.5)
9.8
(1.1)
(0.9)
9.1
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
(1) See Note 4 “Restructuring.”
(2) Represents insurance recoveries of the Company’s shareholder litigation settlement in 2014.
(3) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, and post-closure
integration costs (including certain incentive and non-incentive cash compensation costs)
Note 22:
Segment Reporting
A description of the Company’s four reportable segments, including the specific products manufactured and sold follows
below.
In the Industrial Technologies and Services segment, the Company designs, manufactures, markets and services a broad range
of compression and vacuum equipment as well as fluid transfer equipment and loading systems. The Company’s compression
and vacuum products are used worldwide in industrial manufacturing, transportation, chemical processing, food and beverage
production, energy, environmental and other applications. In addition to equipment sales, the Company offers a broad portfolio
of service options tailored to customer needs and complete range of aftermarket parts, air treatment equipment, controls and
other accessories. The Company’s engineered loading systems and fluid transfer equipment ensure the safe handling and
transfer of crude oil, liquefied natural gas, compressed natural gas, chemicals, and bulk materials.
106
In the Precision and Science Technologies segment, the Company designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of
specialized positive displacement pumps, fluid management equipment and aftermarket parts for medical, laboratory, industrial
manufacturing, water and wastewater, chemical processing, energy, food and beverage, agriculture and other markets. The
Company’s products are used for a diverse set of applications including precision dosing of chemicals and supplements, blood
dialysis, oxygen therapy, food processing, fluid transfer and dispensing, spray finishing and coating, mixing, high-pressure air
and gas management and others. The Company sells primarily through a broad global network of specialized and national
distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) who integrate the Company’s products into their devices and
systems.
In the Specialty Vehicle Technologies segment, the Company designs, manufactures and markets Club Car ® golf, utility and
consumer low-speed vehicles. The Company has a long-standing track record as a leading premium manufacturer with strong
brand recognition. Its customers include golf course operators, resorts and hospitality sites, government agencies and
municipalities, manufacturing and construction firms, sports and other arenas, colleges and universities and other commercial
establishments, as well as individual consumers. The Company sells its products primarily through independent distributors in
over eighty countries worldwide and also sells its products directly to consumers.
In the High Pressure Solutions segment, the Company designs, manufactures, markets and services a diverse range of positive
displacement pumps, integrated systems and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Its positive displacement
pump offering includes mission-critical oil and gas drilling pumps, frac pumps and well servicing pumps, in addition to sales of
associated consumables used in the operation of the Company’s pumps and aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The
products the Company sells into upstream energy applications are highly aftermarket-intensive and so the Company supports
these products in the field with one of the industry’s most comprehensive service networks. The Company’s customers provide
drilling, completions and well services to oil and gas operators, particularly in the major basins and plays in the North American
land market. The Company is one of the leading suppliers in these upstream energy applications and has long-standing
customer relationships.
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates the performance of the Company’s reportable segments based on,
among other measures, Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Management closely monitors the Segment Adjusted EBITDA of each
reportable segment to evaluate past performance and actions required to improve profitability. Inter-segment sales and transfers
are not significant. Administrative expenses related to the Company’s corporate offices and shared service centers in the United
States and Europe, which includes transaction processing, accounting and other business support functions, are allocated to the
business segments. Certain administrative expenses, including senior management compensation, treasury, internal audit, tax
compliance, certain information technology, and other corporate functions, are not allocated to the business segments.
107
The following table provides summarized information about the Company’s operations by reportable segment and reconciles
Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Revenue
Industrial Technologies and Services
Precision and Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
Total Revenue
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Industrial Technologies and Services
Precision and Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
$
$
$
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Less items to reconcile Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Income (Loss) Before
Income Taxes:
Corporate expenses not allocated to segments(1)
Interest expense
Depreciation and amortization expense(2)
Impairment of other intangible assets(3)
Restructuring and related business transformation costs(4)
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges(5)
Expenses related to public stock offerings(6)
Establish public company financial reporting compliance(7)
Stock-based compensation(8)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(9)
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
Shareholder litigation settlement recoveries(10)
Other adjustments(11)
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
$
2020
2019
2018
3,248.2 $
725.0
741.4
195.6
4,910.2 $
759.8 $
220.2
138.6
12.1
1,130.7
113.1
111.1
492.9
19.9
97.9
233.2
—
—
50.8
2.0
20.9
—
8.3
(19.4) $
1,700.9 $
316.6
—
434.4
2,451.9 $
1,739.6
280.2
—
670.0
2,689.8
391.4 $
95.8
—
117.0
604.2
42.5
88.9
178.1
—
25.6
54.6
—
0.6
20.7
0.2
8.1
(6.0)
—
190.9 $
393.6
80.7
—
227.8
702.1
18.7
99.6
180.4
—
38.8
16.7
2.9
4.3
(2.8)
1.1
(1.9)
(9.5)
4.3
349.5
(1)
Includes insurance recoveries of asbestos legal fees of $8.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2) Depreciation and amortization expense excludes $8.0 million of depreciation of rental equipment for the year ended December 31,
2020.
(3) Represents non-cash charges for impairment of intangible assets other than goodwill.
(4) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of the following.
Restructuring charges
Severance, sign-on, relocation and executive search costs
Facility reorganization, relocation and other costs
Information technology infrastructure transformation
Losses (gains) on asset and business disposals
Consultant and other advisor fees
Other, net
Total restructuring and related business transformation costs
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
$
92.9 $
2.8
2.1
—
—
—
0.1
97.9 $
17.1 $
2.5
2.4
1.2
0.8
0.3
1.3
25.6 $
12.7
4.1
3.1
0.8
(1.1)
14.1
5.1
38.8
(5) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration
costs (including certain incentive and non-incentive cash compensation costs) and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair
value purchase accounting adjustments.
(6) Represents expenses related to the Company’s initial stock offering and subsequent secondary offerings.
108
(7) Represents third party expenses to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the accelerated adoption of the new
accounting standards (ASC 606 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers and ASC 842 – Leases) in the first quarter of 2019 and
2020, respectively, one year ahead of the required adoption dates for a private company.
(8) Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020 of
$51.3 million decreased by $0.5 million due to costs associated with employer taxes.
Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2019 of
$19.2 million and associated employer taxes of $1.5 million.
Represents stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2018 for stock options outstanding of
$2.8 million, reduced by of $5.6 million primarily due to a decrease in the estimated accrual for employer taxes related to DSUs as a
result of a lower per share price.
(9) Represents losses on the extinguishment of a portion of the U.S. Term Loan, and the refinancing of the Original Dollar Term Loan
Facility and the Original Euro Term Loan Facility as well as losses reclassified from AOCI into income related to the amendment of
the interest rate swaps in conjunction with the debt repayment.
(10) Represents insurance recoveries of the Company’s shareholder litigation settlement in 2014.
(11) Includes (i) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustment, (ii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of
losses in pension and other postretirement benefits (“OPEB”) expense, (iii) certain legal and compliance costs and (iv) other
miscellaneous adjustments.
The following tables provide summarized information about the Company’s reportable segments.
Identifiable Assets
Industrial Technologies and Services
Precision and Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
Total
General corporate (unallocated)
Total identifiable assets
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Industrial Technologies and Services
Precision and Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
Total depreciation and amortization expense
Capital Expenditures
Industrial Technologies and Services
Precision and Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
Total capital expenditures
2020
2019
2018
9,113.4 $
2,852.8
1,645.9
687.8
14,299.9
1,758.7
16,058.6 $
2,729.7 $
558.4
—
813.5
4,101.6
526.8
4,628.4 $
2,806.6
570.0
—
882.3
4,258.9
228.2
4,487.1
2020
2019
2018
314.3 $
106.3
53.5
26.8
500.9 $
123.9 $
26.2
—
28.0
178.1 $
128.3
23.9
—
28.2
180.4
2020
2019
2018
32.2 $
9.8
2.9
3.8
48.7 $
31.5 $
5.5
—
6.2
43.2 $
35.3
4.9
—
12.0
52.2
$
$
$
$
$
$
109
The following table presents property, plant and equipment by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018.
United States
Other Americas
Total Americas
EMEA(1)
Asia Pacific
Total
(1) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)
Note 23:
Related Party
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
2018
2019
2020
$
$
390.9 $
15.6
406.5
216.1
174.7
797.3 $
179.6 $
5.9
185.5
117.3
23.8
326.6 $
199.9
6.3
206.2
126.3
24.1
356.6
Affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) own 44,788,635 shares of common stock, or approximately 11% of
the total outstanding common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
Affiliates of KKR participated as (i) a lender in the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities discussed in Note 10
“Debt,” (ii) an underwriter in the Company’s initial public offering and its secondary offering by certain selling stockholders in
May 2018, and (iii) a provider of services for the fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2017 debt refinancing transactions. KKR held a
position in the Euro Term Loan Facility of €43.3 million and €49.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as
well as a position in the Dollar Term Loan B of $39.7 million as of December 31, 2020. In May 2018, KKR Capital Markets
LLC acted as an underwriter in connection with the secondary offering of the Company’s stock by certain selling stockholders
and received underwriter discounts and commissions of approximately $5.2 million. In June 2019, KKR Capital Markets LLC
was the joint lead arranger and bookrunner of Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement and earned $0.4 million in structuring
fees for their involvement in the Amendment. During 2020, KKR Capital Markets LLC earned $7.5 million in underwriting
fees for their involvement in Amendment No. 5 and Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement.
Note 24:
Earnings Per Share
The computations of basic and diluted income per share are as follows.
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
Net income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
(33.3) $
159.1 $
269.4
382.8
382.8
203.5
208.9
$
$
(0.09) $
(0.09) $
0.78 $
0.76 $
201.6
209.1
1.34
1.29
For the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 4.4 million potentially dilutive stock-based awards that were not included in
the computation of diluted loss per share as we incurred a net loss during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2018, there were 1.8 million and 0.8 million anti-dilutive shares that were not included in the computation of diluted
earnings per share.
Note 25:
Subsequent Events
On January 31, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of Tuthill Vacuum and Blower Systems for approximately
$184 million in cash, subject to post-closing adjustments. Tuthill Vacuum and Blower Systems is a leader in the design and
production of positive displacement blowers, mechanical vacuum pumps, vacuum boosters and engineered systems. The initial
accounting for the business combination, including the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, is incomplete as a
110
result of the timing of the acquisition. The results of operations of the acquired business will be reported within the Industrial
Technologies and Services segment beginning in the first quarter of 2021.
On February 14, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its High Pressure Solutions (“HPS”) business to private
equity firm American Industrial Partners (“AIP”). Under the agreement, the Company will receive cash consideration of
$300 million at close for its majority interest and retain a 45% ownership interest in the HPS business. The HPS business did
not meet the criteria for assets held for sale as of December 31, 2020 and therefore remains presented as a component of
continuing operations. In all subsequent periods, the HPS business will be presented as a discontinued operation and its net
assets will be classified as held for sale and comparable prior periods will be recast to reflect this change. Upon classification as
held for sale in the first quarter of 2021, the Company expects to recognize a loss of between $195 million and $235 million,
inclusive of estimated transaction fees. This transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2021, subject to regulatory
approvals and customary closing conditions.
111
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ingersoll Rand Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly Gardner
Denver Holdings, Inc.) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2020, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).
We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria
established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
COSO.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment
the internal control over financial reporting of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, which was acquired on February 29, 2020, and whose
financial statements constitute 60% and 16%, respectively, of total revenues and total assets (excluding goodwill and
intangibles which were included in management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2020) of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020. Accordingly, our audit
did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Ingersoll Rand Industrial.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in the year ended
December 31, 2019 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), using
the optional transition method with effect from January 1, 2019.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We
are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinions.
112
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matters or on
the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Fair Value of Acquired Customer Relationship and Tradename Intangible Assets – Refer to Note 3 to the Financial
Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
During 2020, the Company acquired Ingersoll Rand Industrial for an aggregate purchase price of $6,937.0 million. The
Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting by recording assets and liabilities
acquired at their respective fair values. Related to the acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets related to customer
relationships and tradenames of $2,101.0 million and $1,312.0 million, respectively, based on a discounted cash flow model.
The determination of the acquisition date fair value of the customer relationship and tradename intangible assets required the
Company to make significant estimates and assumptions regarding estimated future revenues, estimated future earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“estimated future EBITDA”), royalty rates, and discount rates.
We identified the fair value of certain acquired customer relationships and tradenames as a critical audit matter because of the
significant judgments made by management to estimate the respective fair values. This required a high degree of auditor
judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists, when performing audit
procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions related to estimated future revenues,
estimated future EBITDA, royalty rates, and discount rates.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures included the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of controls over the Company’s determination of the fair values of acquired customer
relationships and tradenames, including those over the estimation of future revenues and EBITDA, and the selection of
royalty and discount rates.
• We evaluated management’s ability to accurately estimate certain future revenues and EBITDA by comparing actual
results in previous years to management’s historical forecasts.
• We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimated future revenues and estimated future EBITDA by:
◦
◦
Comparing the estimates to historical results;
Obtaining supporting evidence for assumptions related to management’s planned operational initiatives and
restructurings that were incorporated into the estimates;
113
◦
◦
Corroborating assumptions and estimates underlying the estimates with internal communications to
management and the Board of Directors; and
Comparing the estimates to information included in Company press releases, as well as analyst and industry
reports for the Company and selected companies in its peer group.
• With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the discount rates and royalty rates, including testing the
underlying market-based source information and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, and developing a
range of independent valuation assumptions and comparing those to the respective discount rates and royalty rates
selected by management.
Goodwill and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets – Refer to Note 8 to the Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
Management assesses goodwill and tradename intangible assets at least annually as of October 1 for impairment, or more
frequently, if certain events or circumstances warrant. The goodwill balance was $6,303.6 million as of December 31, 2020,
and the tradename intangible balance was $1,933.1 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s evaluation of goodwill
for impairment involves the comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its’ carrying value. The Company determines
the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The
determination of the fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires management to make significant estimates and
assumptions related to estimated future revenues, estimated future EBITDA, and discount rates. The determination of the fair
value using the market approach requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to selection of
valuation multiples. The Company’s evaluation of tradename intangible assets for impairment involves the comparison of the
fair value each intangible asset to its respective carrying value. The Company determines the fair value of each tradename
intangible using a discounted cash flow model which requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions
related to estimated future revenues, royalty rates, and discount rates. Changes in those assumptions related to goodwill or
tradename intangibles could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any impairment charge, or both.
We identified the Company’s impairment evaluation of certain reporting units’ goodwill and tradename intangibles as a critical
audit matter because of the level of judgment that management needed to exercise in estimating future revenues and EBITDA
and in determining the appropriate valuation multiples, discount rate and royalty rate. This required a high degree of auditor
judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists, when performing audit
procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions related to estimated future revenues,
estimated future EBITDA, valuation multiples, discount rates and royalty rates.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures included the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of controls over the Company’s determination of the fair values of the reporting units and
certain tradename intangibles, including those over the estimation of future revenues and EBITDA, and the selection
of valuation multiples, royalty rates and discount rates.
• We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimated future revenues and estimated future EBITDA by:
◦
◦
◦
◦
Comparing the estimates to historical results;
Obtaining supporting evidence for assumptions related to management’s planned operational initiatives and
restructurings that were incorporated into the estimates including consideration of the effects related to the
COVID-19 pandemic;
Corroborating assumptions and estimates underlying the estimates with internal communications to executive
management; and
Comparing the estimates to information included in analyst and industry reports for the Company and
selected companies in its peer group.
• With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the valuation multiples, discount rates and royalty rates,
including testing the underlying market-based source information and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations,
developing a range of independent valuation assumptions and comparing those to the respective discount rates and
royalty rates selected by management, and assessing the selection of valuation multiples through comparison of
historical and projected growth and profitability.
114
Asbestos-Related and Silica-Related Litigation – Liability and Insurance Recovery Receivable – Refer to Note 20 to the
Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company has been named as a defendant in a number of asbestos-related and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The
plaintiffs in these suits allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources and typically the Company is one of
approximately 25 or more named defendants. At December 31, 2020, the Company has recorded an estimated liability of
$131.4 million with respect to the Company’s asbestos-related and silica- related litigation. The Company uses a third-party
actuary to assist in determining certain assumptions and in calculating the estimated liability. The estimated liability is based on
currently available information and assumptions, including the estimated future number and type of new claims to be filed each
year, the estimated future resolution or outcome of new and pending claims, and the estimated average cost of resolution of
each new and pending claim.
The Company has entered into a series of agreements with certain of its or its predecessors’ legacy insurers and certain potential
indemnitors to secure insurance coverage and/or reimbursement for the costs associated with the asbestos- and silica-related
lawsuits filed against the Company. The Company has also pursued litigation against certain insurers or indemnitors, where
necessary. The Company has an insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos and silica-related recoveries of $132.1
million. The estimated asset is based on key variables and assumptions used to determine the recorded amounts, including the
amount of insurance available, allocation methodologies, the resolution of coverage issues with other excess coverage carriers
with whom the Company has not yet achieved settlements, and the solvency risk with respect to the Company’s insurance
carriers.
We identified the liability for asbestos and silica litigation and the related insurance recovery receivable as a critical audit
matter because of the significant judgments made by management to estimate the liability and related recoverability of
insurance proceeds. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to
involve our actuarial and insurance recovery specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of
management’s estimates and assumptions related to estimated future claims development, the estimated resolution or outcome
of these claims, the estimated average cost of resolution of each claim and, separately, the expected recoverability of claims
through insurance.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the estimated liability for asbestos-related and silica-related litigation included the following,
among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of internal controls related to the estimated liability for asbestos-related and silica-related
litigation, including those over the estimated future claims development, the estimated resolution or outcome of these
claims, and the estimated average cost of resolution of each claim.
• We evaluated the methods and assumptions used by the Company to determine the estimated liability by:
◦
Testing the underlying claim and settlement cost data that served as inputs for the actuarial analysis, including
testing historical and pending claims by comparing key attributes to accounting records and legal documents to
assess the accuracy and completeness of the data.
◦ With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we evaluated whether the estimates of future claim numbers and
types, number of claims expected to be dismissed or sustained and the estimated average cost of resolution used in
the Company’s calculations were reasonable in relation to historical claim trends at the Company.
◦ With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we independently recalculated the liability based on the
Company’s estimates of future claim numbers and types and assumptions of estimated future resolution or
outcome of the claims and estimated average cost of resolution of each claim.
◦ With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we developed independent estimates of the liability using available
third-party estimates of future claim numbers and types that we determined were reputable and widely-accepted in
the industry and compared our independent estimates to the Company’s recorded liability.
Our audit procedures related to the insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos and silica-related recoveries included
the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of internal controls related to the insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos and
silica-related recoveries.
115
• With the assistance of our insurance recovery specialists, we evaluated the Company’s analysis of the solvency of
insurance carriers with policies with the Company or its predecessors. With the assistance of these specialists, we read
the Company’s analysis and supporting documentation of policy coverage by year as compared to estimated claims per
year to assess the Company’s determination of coverage by claim year. With the assistance of these specialists, we
obtained legal opinions regarding recoverability that the Company had obtained from external counsel and read
associated legal proceedings to evaluate the Company’s assessment of the probability of recovery.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, NC
February 26, 2021
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013.
116
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange
Act) as of December 31, 2020. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Consistent with guidance issued by the Securities and
Exchange Commission that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be omitted from management's report on internal
control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition, management excluded an assessment of the effectiveness of the
Company's internal control over financial reporting related to Ingersoll Rand Industrial. The Company acquired Ingersoll Rand
Industrial on February 29, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial represented 16% of the Company's consolidated total assets
(excluding goodwill and intangibles which were included in management's assessment of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2020) and 60% of the consolidated total revenues as of and for the year ended December 31,
2020. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2020.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the Company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition
of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent and detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of the changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our executive officer and our principal financial
officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”).
Consistent with guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission that an assessment of a recently acquired business
may be omitted from management's report on internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition, management
excluded an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting related to Ingersoll Rand
Industrial. The Company acquired Ingersoll Rand Industrial on February 29, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial represented 16%
of the Company's consolidated total assets (excluding goodwill and intangibles which were included in management's
assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020) and 60% of the consolidated total revenues as
of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2020.
117
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Form 10-K, and, as part of their audit, has issued its attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting. See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in Part II, Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Regulations under the Exchange Act require public companies, including our Company, to evaluate any change in our “internal
control over financial reporting” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Except as
described below, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s
most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.
As mentioned above, on February 29, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. As part of our ongoing
integration of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, we continue to incorporate our controls and procedures into the Ingersoll Rand
Industrial subsidiaries and to expand our company-wide controls to reflect the risks inherent in an acquisition of this size and
complexity.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the
SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020 about our common stock that may be issued upon the
exercise of options, warrants and rights granted to employees, consultants or directors under all of the existing equity
compensation plans including our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. All equity compensation plans
are described more fully in Note 17 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
118
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans
approved by securityholders
Number of Securities to
be issued upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants And Rights(1)
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights(2)
Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation Plans (excluding
Securities reflected in the first column)(3)
13,722,414 $
18.57
11,218,665
(1) Total includes 3,843,146 stock options under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 3,822,394 stock options and 6,056,874
restricted stock units under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The restricted stock units are based on the maximum
number of shares issuable under restricted stock units that are subject to performance conditions.
(2) The weighted average exercise price relates only to stock options. The calculation of the weighted average exercise price does not
include outstanding equity awards that are received or exercised for no consideration.
(3) These shares are available for grant as of December 31, 2020 under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. This includes
8,550,000 shares initially authorized for issuance under the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan and shares subject to awards
under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan that expired or were otherwise forfeited or terminated in accordance with their
terms without the delivery of shares of the Company’s common stock in settlement thereof.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedule and Exhibits
The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index to consolidated financial statements are filed as part of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
All financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient
to require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto.
The exhibits listed in the accompanying exhibit index are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Operations - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Schedule to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule I - Condensed Financial Statements Ingersoll Rand Inc. (Parent Company Only)
52
53
54
55
56
57
112
125
119
Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1†
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
Exhibit Description
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand
U.S. Holdco, Inc., Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and Charm Merger Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Ingersoll-Rand plc on May 6, 2019 (File No.
001-34400))
Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and
Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed by Ingersoll-Rand plc on May 6, 2019 (File No. 001-34400))
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2017 (File no.
001-38095))
Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the
registrant on March 2, 2020 (File no. 333-236801))
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2017 (File no. 001-38095))
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 3, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2017, by and among KKR
Renaissance Aggregator L.P.; KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC; Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and each
of the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form
8-K filed on May 17, 2017 (File no. 001-38095))
Description of Ingersoll Rand Inc.’s Securities
2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as
Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the foreign
borrowers described therein, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.),
UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File
no. 333-216320))
Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 4, 2016, to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, among Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), Gardner Denver, Inc., GD German Holdings II
GmbH (as successor in interest to Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG), GD First (UK) Limited, UBS
AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File
no. 333-216320))
Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 17, 2017, to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, among Gardner
Denver Holdings, Inc., Gardner Denver, Inc., GD German Holdings II GmbH, GD First (UK) Limited, UBS AG,
Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and the other parties and lenders party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2017 (File no.
001-38095))
Amendment No. 3, dated as of December 13, 2018, to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of July 30,
2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., Gardner Denver, Inc., GD German Holdings II GmbH, GD First
(UK) Limited, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and the other parties and lenders part thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14,
2018 (File no. 001-38095)
Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2019, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.,
GD German Holdings II GmbH, Gardner Denver Holdings Ltd., UBS AS, Stamford Branch as the Resigning
Agent, Citibank, N.A. as the Successor Agent and the lenders and other entities party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2019 (File No.
001-38095))
Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement and Joinder Agreement dated as of February 28, 2020, by and among
Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., Gardner Denver, Inc., GD German Holdings II GmbH, Gardner Denver
Holdings, Ltd., Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, and the other parties and lenders party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15,
2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Joinder Agreement and Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2020, among Ingersoll
Rand Inc., Gardner Denver, Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Services Company, GD German Holdings II GmbH, Gardner
Denver Holdings Ltd., Citibank, N.A., and the lenders and other parties party thereto (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
120
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15†
10.16†
10.17
10.18†
10.19†
10.20†
10.21†
10.22†
10.23†
10.24†
10.25†
Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as
Renaissance Parent Corp.), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary pledgors identified therein and UBS
AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as
Renaissance Parent Corp.), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary grantors identified therein and UBS
AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as
Renaissance Parent Corp.), the subsidiary guarantors identified therein and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as
administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Financing Agreement dated as of February 27, 2020, by and among Gardner
Denver, Inc., as initial servicer, Gardner Denver Finance II LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National
Association, as lender, LC participant, LC bank, and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.11 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and among KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.; KKR
Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC; Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent
Corp.); Gardner Denver, Inc. and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2018, between Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and KKR
Renaissance Aggregator L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2017 (File no. 001-38095))
Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Director Stockholder’s Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner
Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017
(File no. 333-216320))
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (December 2013) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key
Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on
February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2015) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key
Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on
February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2016, 3 year vesting) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan
for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its
Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2016, 5 year vesting) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan
for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its
Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (December 2016) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key
Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on
February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under the 2013 Stock
Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent
Corp.) and its Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2014, under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of
Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) between Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and Andrew Schiesl (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no.
333-216320))
121
10.26†
10.27†
10.28†
10.29†
10.30†
10.31†
10.32†
10.33†
10.34†
10.35†
10.36
10.37†
10.38†
10.39†
10.40
10.41
10.42
10.43
10.44
10.45
10.46*
Form of Sale Participation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no. 333-216320))
Offer Letter, dated April 17, 2015, between Vicente Reynal and Gardner Denver, Inc. (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017 (File no.
333-216320))
Offer Letter, dated November 19, 2015, between Vicente Reynal and Gardner Denver, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017
(File no. 333-216320))
Offer Letter, dated November 25, 2013, between Gardner Denver, Inc. and Andy Schiesl (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 28, 2017
(File no. 333-216320))
Employment Contract, dated September 11, 2018 between Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH and Enrique
Miñarro Viseras (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
filed on October 29, 2018 (File No. 001-38095))
Ingersoll Rand Inc. Amended and Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on March 2, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (2018) under the Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on April 27, 2018 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on April 27, 2018 (File no. 001-38095))
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. 2017 Omnibus
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
on February 16, 2018 (File no. 001-38095))
Gardner Denver, Inc. Supplemental Excess Defined Contribution Plan (January 1, 2019 Restatement)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27,
2019 (File no. 001-38095))
Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, between Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc. and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2019 (File No. 001-38095))
Transition Agreement, dated June 12, 2020, between Ingersoll Rand Inc. and Emily Weaver (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2020 (File No.
001-38095))
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. 2017 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (2019) under the Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Transition Services Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2020, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Ingersoll-
Rand U.S. Holdco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on March 4, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Lux
International Holding Company S.A.R.L, Ingersoll-Rand Services Company, Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc.
and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand
U.S. HoldCo, Inc. and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Real Estate Matters Agreement, dated February 29, 2020, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc, and Ingersoll-
Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc. and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Intellectual Property Matters Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2020, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc,
Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc., and solely for the purposes of Section 5.06, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4,
2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Trademark License Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2020, by and between Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc.
and Ingersoll-Rand plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on March 4, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Omnibus Transaction Side Letter, dated February 29, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand
U.S. Holdco Inc., Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and Charm Merger Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
122
10.47
10.48
10.49†
10.50†
10.51†
10.52†
21
23
31.1
31.2
32.1
Side Letter to the Employee Matters Agreement, dated July 11, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc and
Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Side Letter to the Employee Matters Agreement, dated February 29, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc,
Ingersoll-Rand U.S. Holdco, Inc. and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9
to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Ingersoll Rand Inc. Amended and
Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (2-yr vesting) under the Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Amended and Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (4-yr vesting) under the Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Amended and Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Ingersoll Rand Inc. Amended and Restated 2017
Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2020 (File No. 001-38095))
Subsidiaries of Ingersoll Rand Inc. as of December 31, 2020
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
32.2
101.INS
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
104
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101)
†
Identifies exhibits that consists of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*
information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to Ingersoll Rand Inc. if publicly disclosed.
Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Rule 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The omitted
The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other
disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on
them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents
were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of
affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
123
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf on the 26th day of February 2021, by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Ingersoll Rand Inc.
By:
/s/ Vicente Reynal
Name: Vicente Reynal
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on the 26th day of
February 2021, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
Signature
/s/ Vicente Reynal
Vicente Reynal
/s/ Vikram U. Kini
Vikram U. Kini
/s/ Michael J. Scheske
Michael J. Scheske
/s/ Peter Stavros
Peter Stavros
/s/ Kirk E. Arnold
Kirk E. Arnold
/s/ Elizabeth Centoni
Elizabeth Centoni
/s/ William P. Donnelly
William P. Donnelly
/s/ Gary D. Forsee
Gary D Forsee
/s/ John Humphrey
John Humphrey
/s/ Marc E. Jones
Marc E. Jones
/s/ Joshua T. Weisenbeck
Joshua T. Weisenbeck
/s/ Tony L. White
Tony L. White
124
Capacity
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer), Director
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
SCHEDULE 1 – INGERSOLL RAND INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
Revenues
Cost of sales
Gross Profit
Operating costs
Other operating expense, net
Operating Income (Loss)
Interest income
Income Before Income Taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Income (Loss) of Parent Company
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
Net Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive Income
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$
— $
— $
14.6
(14.6)
30.9
(4.9)
(40.6)
42.5
1.9
(3.9)
5.8
(39.1)
(33.3)
270.2
0.6
(0.6)
10.4
(47.0)
36.0
42.3
78.3
(5.1)
83.4
75.7
159.1
(0.8)
$
236.9 $
158.3 $
—
—
—
(1.2)
(22.4)
23.6
41.8
65.4
3.4
62.0
207.4
269.4
(47.5)
221.9
125
SCHEDULE 1 – INGERSOLL RAND INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Equity in net assets of subsidiaries
Intercompany receivables
Deferred tax assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 420,123,978 and
206,767,529 shares issued as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Capital in excess of par value
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock at cost; 1,496,169 and 1,701,785 shares as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively
Total Ingersoll Rand Inc. stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and equity
As of December 31,
2019
2020
$
— $
0.4
0.4
8,006.0
1,107.3
10.9
—
1.0
1.0
848.5
1,019.9
8.3
$
9,124.6 $
1,877.7
$
4.9 $
4.9
7.8
7.8
4.2
9,310.3
(175.7)
14.2
(33.3)
9,119.7
2.1
2,302.0
(141.4)
(256.0)
(36.8)
1,869.9
$
9,124.6 $
1,877.7
126
SCHEDULE 1 – INGERSOLL RAND INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Advances to subsidiaries
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from stock option exercises
Purchases of treasury stock
Purchase of shares from noncontrolling interest
Proceeds from sale of noncontrolling interest
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$
(15.1) $
(15.1) $
55.0
(2.5)
(2.5)
22.7
(2.1)
(14.9)
11.9
17.6
—
—
(10.1)
(10.1)
42.8
(18.6)
—
—
24.2
(1.0)
1.0
$
— $
— $
(20.3)
(20.3)
6.8
(40.7)
—
—
(33.9)
0.8
0.2
1.0
127
SCHEDULE I - INGERSOLL RAND INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Overview and Basis of Presentation
On February 29, 2020, Ingersoll Rand Inc. (formerly known as Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.) completed the acquisition of
and merger with Ingersoll Rand Industrial (“Ingersoll Rand Industrial”) and changed its name from Gardner Denver Holdings,
Inc. to Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Ingersoll Rand Inc. Parent Company Only financial information has been derived from its consolidated financial statements and
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in this report. The accounting policies for the
registrant are the same as those described in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
2. Subsidiary Transactions
Investment in Subsidiaries
Ingersoll Rand Inc.’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries.
Dividends and Capital Distributions
There were no dividends received from subsidiaries during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
3. Debt
A discussion of long-term debt, including the five-year debt maturity schedule, can be found in Note 10 “Debt” to our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Ingersoll Rand Inc. had no long-term debt obligations
as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
4. Contingencies
For a summary of contingencies, see Note 20 “Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
128
Table 1: Unaudited Supplemental Adjusted Combined Financial Information by Segment
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL ADJUSTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY SEGMENT
(Dollars in millions, per share amounts in whole dollars)
Ingersoll Rand
Supplemental Adjusted Orders
Supplemental Adjusted Revenue (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Further Adjusted Net Income (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Further Adjusted Diluted EPS (non-GAAP)
Industrial Technologies & Services
Supplemental Adjusted Orders
Supplemental Adjusted Revenue (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)
Precision & Science Technologies
Supplemental Adjusted Orders
Supplemental Adjusted Revenue (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
Supplemental Adjusted Orders
Supplemental Adjusted Revenue (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)
High Pressure Solutions
Supplemental Adjusted Orders
Supplemental Adjusted Revenue (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Supplemental Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)
For the Twelve Months
Ended December 31,
2019
2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
5,508.5
5,380.1
1,077.9
20.0%
630.1
1.49
3,576.2
3,540.0
800.1
22.6%
834.2
804.4
240.6
29.9%
942.8
840.1
142.9
17.0%
155.3
195.6
12.3
6.3%
6,035.7
6,164.5
1,196.5
19.4%
690.8
1.64
3,983.0
4,057.5
816.1
20.1%
846.9
850.3
235.9
27.7%
812.3
822.3
116.7
14.2%
393.5
434.4
117.4
27.0%
$
$
$
$
$
$
Table 2: Reconciliation of GAAP Revenue to Supplemental Adjusted Revenue by Segment and for the Company and
Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Supplemental Segment Adjusted EBITDA
INGERSOLL RAND INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL ADJUSTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION RECONCILIATION OF
GAAP REVENUE TO SUPPLEMENTAL ADJUSTED REVENUE BY SEGMENT AND FOR THE COMPANY AND
SEGMENT ADJUSTED EBITDA TO SUPPLEMENTAL SEGMENT ADJUSTED EBITDA
(Dollars in millions)
For the Twelve Month Period Ended
December 31, 2020
For the Twelve Month Period Ended
December 31, 2019
GAAP
Revenue
Adjustments
(1)
Supplemental
Adjusted
Revenue
GAAP
Revenue
Adjustments
(2)
Supplemental
Adjusted
Revenue
Segment
Industrial Technologies & Services $ 3,248.2 $
Precision & Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
725.0
741.4
195.6
$ 4,910.2 $
291.8 $
79.4
98.7
—
469.9 $
3,540.0 $ 1,700.9 $
804.4
840.1
195.6
316.6
—
434.4
5,380.1 $ 2,451.9 $
2,356.6 $
533.7
822.3
—
3,712.6 $
4,057.5
850.3
822.3
434.4
6,164.5
Adjusted
EBITDA
Adjustments
(1)
Supplemental
Adjusted
EBITDA
Adjusted
EBITDA
Adjustments
(2)
Supplemental
Adjusted
EBITDA
Total Company
Segment
Industrial Technologies & Services $ 759.8 $
Precision & Science Technologies
Specialty Vehicle Technologies
High Pressure Solutions
220.2
138.6
12.1
$ 1,130.7 $
Total Segments
40.3 $
20.4
4.3
0.2
65.2 $
800.1 $ 391.4 $
240.6
142.9
12.3
95.8
—
117.0
1,195.9 $ 604.2 $
424.7 $
140.1
116.7
0.4
681.9 $
816.1
235.9
116.7
117.4
1,286.1
(1) For the year ended December 31, 2020, the "Adjustments" column represents the impact of two months (January and
February of 2020) of standalone legacy Ingersoll Rand Industrial Segment activity. As it relates to adjustments to
Segment Adjusted EBITDA, these amounts are impacted by the newly merged Company's corporate costs, a portion of
which is allocated to the business segments.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2019, the "Adjustments" column represents the impact of one full year of 2019
standalone legacy Ingersoll Rand Industrial Segment activity. As it relates to adjustments to Segment Adjusted
EBITDA, these amounts are impacted by the newly merged Company's corporate costs, a portion of which is allocated
to the business segments.
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
About Ingersoll Rand Inc.
Ingersoll Rand Inc. (NYSE:IR), driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and
ownership mindset, is dedicated to helping make life better for our
employees, customers and communities. Customers lean on us for
our technology-driven excellence in mission-critical flow creation and
industrial solutions across 40+ respected brands where our products
and services excel in the most complex and harsh conditions. Our
employees develop customers for life through their daily commitment
to expertise, productivity and efficiency. For more information, visit
www.IRCO.com.
Table of Contents
Our Purpose and Values
Letter to Stockholders
Ingersoll Rand at a Glance
Strategy in Action
Directors and Officers
1
2
4
5
8
Corporate Information
Inside Back Cover
Corporate Information
Annual Meeting
Ingersoll Rand’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders will
be held virtually on June 16, 2021 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern time.
Please go to investors.irco.com for more information.
Transfer Agent/Stockholder Services
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
(800) 937-5449 or (718) 921-8124
www.astfinancial.com
Listing of Common Stock
New York Stock Exchange; Symbol – IR
Form 10-K Report/Stockholder Information
A copy of the company’s 2020 Annual Report on Form
10-K (without exhibits) as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission is included in this report.
Stockholder information, including news releases,
presentations, webcasts and SEC filings, is available on the
company’s website: www.irco.com.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Trademarks
Trademarks appearing in this document are the property of
their respective owners.
© 2021 Ingersoll Rand Inc.
All rights reserved.
Entrepreneurial spirit.
Ownership mindset.
Sustainability focus.
2020 Annual Report
Corporate Headquarters
Ingersoll Rand Inc.
800-A Beaty Street
Davidson, NC 28036
www.irco.com